Rev 2 | Details | Compare with Previous | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
| Rev | Author | Line No. | Line |
|---|---|---|---|
| 18 | mjames | 1 | /** |
| 2 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 3 | * @file stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c |
||
| 4 | * @author MCD Application Team |
||
| 5 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver. |
||
| 6 | * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following |
||
| 7 | * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: |
||
| 8 | * + TIM Time Base Initialization |
||
| 9 | * + TIM Time Base Start |
||
| 10 | * + TIM Time Base Start Interruption |
||
| 11 | * + TIM Time Base Start DMA |
||
| 12 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization |
||
| 13 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration |
||
| 14 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start |
||
| 15 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption |
||
| 16 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA |
||
| 17 | * + TIM Input Capture Initialization |
||
| 18 | * + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration |
||
| 19 | * + TIM Input Capture Start |
||
| 20 | * + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption |
||
| 21 | * + TIM Input Capture Start DMA |
||
| 22 | * + TIM One Pulse Initialization |
||
| 23 | * + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration |
||
| 24 | * + TIM One Pulse Start |
||
| 25 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization |
||
| 26 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start |
||
| 27 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption |
||
| 28 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA |
||
| 29 | * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA |
||
| 30 | * + TIM OCRef clear configuration |
||
| 31 | * + TIM External Clock configuration |
||
| 32 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 33 | * @attention |
||
| 34 | * |
||
| 35 | * Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. |
||
| 36 | * All rights reserved. |
||
| 37 | * |
||
| 38 | * This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file |
||
| 39 | * in the root directory of this software component. |
||
| 40 | * If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS. |
||
| 41 | * |
||
| 42 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 43 | @verbatim |
||
| 44 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 45 | ##### TIMER Generic features ##### |
||
| 46 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 47 | [..] The Timer features include: |
||
| 48 | (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. |
||
| 49 | (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the |
||
| 50 | counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. |
||
| 51 | (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: |
||
| 52 | (++) Input Capture |
||
| 53 | (++) Output Compare |
||
| 54 | (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) |
||
| 55 | (++) One-pulse mode output |
||
| 56 | (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect |
||
| 57 | several timers together. |
||
| 58 | (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes |
||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | ##### How to use this driver ##### |
||
| 61 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 62 | [..] |
||
| 63 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions |
||
| 64 | depending on the selected feature: |
||
| 65 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() |
||
| 66 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() |
||
| 67 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() |
||
| 68 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() |
||
| 69 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() |
||
| 70 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() |
||
| 71 | |||
| 72 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : |
||
| 73 | (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
| 74 | (##) TIM pins configuration |
||
| 75 | (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: |
||
| 76 | __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
| 77 | (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); |
||
| 78 | |||
| 79 | (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the |
||
| 80 | internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: |
||
| 81 | HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before |
||
| 82 | any start function. |
||
| 83 | |||
| 84 | (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the |
||
| 85 | Initialization function of this driver: |
||
| 86 | (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base |
||
| 87 | (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an |
||
| 88 | Output Compare signal. |
||
| 89 | (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a |
||
| 90 | PWM signal. |
||
| 91 | (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an |
||
| 92 | external signal. |
||
| 93 | (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer |
||
| 94 | in One Pulse Mode. |
||
| 95 | (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. |
||
| 96 | |||
| 97 | (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: |
||
| 98 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() |
||
| 99 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() |
||
| 100 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() |
||
| 101 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() |
||
| 102 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() |
||
| 103 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). |
||
| 104 | |||
| 105 | (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: |
||
| 106 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() |
||
| 107 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() |
||
| 108 | |||
| 109 | *** Callback registration *** |
||
| 110 | ============================================= |
||
| 111 | |||
| 112 | [..] |
||
| 113 | The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 |
||
| 114 | allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. |
||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | [..] |
||
| 117 | Use Function HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback. |
||
| 118 | HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, |
||
| 119 | the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. |
||
| 120 | |||
| 121 | [..] |
||
| 122 | Use function HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default |
||
| 123 | weak function. |
||
| 124 | HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, |
||
| 125 | and the Callback ID. |
||
| 126 | |||
| 127 | [..] |
||
| 128 | These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks: |
||
| 129 | (+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 130 | (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 131 | (+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 132 | (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 133 | (+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 134 | (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 135 | (+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 136 | (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 137 | (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 138 | (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 139 | (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 140 | (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 141 | (+) HallSensor_MspInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 142 | (+) HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 143 | (+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback. |
||
| 144 | (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback. |
||
| 145 | (+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback. |
||
| 146 | (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback. |
||
| 147 | (+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback. |
||
| 148 | (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback. |
||
| 149 | (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback. |
||
| 150 | (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback. |
||
| 151 | (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback. |
||
| 152 | (+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback. |
||
| 153 | (+) CommutationCallback : TIM Commutation Callback. |
||
| 154 | (+) CommutationHalfCpltCallback : TIM Commutation half complete Callback. |
||
| 155 | (+) BreakCallback : TIM Break Callback. |
||
| 156 | |||
| 157 | [..] |
||
| 158 | By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET |
||
| 159 | all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: |
||
| 160 | examples HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(). |
||
| 161 | |||
| 162 | [..] |
||
| 163 | Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak |
||
| 164 | functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null |
||
| 165 | (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit |
||
| 166 | keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand) |
||
| 167 | |||
| 168 | [..] |
||
| 169 | Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only. |
||
| 170 | Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered |
||
| 171 | in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state, |
||
| 172 | thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit. |
||
| 173 | In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks |
||
| 174 | using HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function. |
||
| 175 | |||
| 176 | [..] |
||
| 177 | When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or |
||
| 178 | not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks |
||
| 179 | are set to the corresponding weak functions. |
||
| 180 | |||
| 181 | @endverbatim |
||
| 182 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 183 | */ |
||
| 184 | |||
| 185 | /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 186 | #include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" |
||
| 187 | |||
| 188 | /** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver |
||
| 189 | * @{ |
||
| 190 | */ |
||
| 191 | |||
| 192 | /** @defgroup TIM TIM |
||
| 193 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver |
||
| 194 | * @{ |
||
| 195 | */ |
||
| 196 | |||
| 197 | #ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED |
||
| 198 | |||
| 199 | /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 200 | /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 201 | /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 202 | /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 203 | /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 204 | /** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions |
||
| 205 | * @{ |
||
| 206 | */ |
||
| 207 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 208 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 209 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 210 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 211 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 212 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 213 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 214 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 215 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 216 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 217 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 218 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource); |
||
| 219 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
| 220 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
| 221 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
| 222 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
| 223 | static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
| 224 | static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 225 | const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig); |
||
| 226 | /** |
||
| 227 | * @} |
||
| 228 | */ |
||
| 229 | /* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 230 | |||
| 231 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions |
||
| 232 | * @{ |
||
| 233 | */ |
||
| 234 | |||
| 235 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions |
||
| 236 | * @brief Time Base functions |
||
| 237 | * |
||
| 238 | @verbatim |
||
| 239 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 240 | ##### Time Base functions ##### |
||
| 241 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 242 | [..] |
||
| 243 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 244 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. |
||
| 245 | (+) De-initialize the TIM base. |
||
| 246 | (+) Start the Time Base. |
||
| 247 | (+) Stop the Time Base. |
||
| 248 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. |
||
| 249 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. |
||
| 250 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 251 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 252 | |||
| 253 | @endverbatim |
||
| 254 | * @{ |
||
| 255 | */ |
||
| 256 | /** |
||
| 257 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified |
||
| 258 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. |
||
| 259 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 260 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 261 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 262 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init() |
||
| 263 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 264 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 265 | */ |
||
| 266 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 267 | { |
||
| 268 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 269 | if (htim == NULL) |
||
| 270 | { |
||
| 271 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 272 | } |
||
| 273 | |||
| 274 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 275 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 276 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 277 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 278 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); |
||
| 279 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 280 | |||
| 281 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 282 | { |
||
| 283 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 284 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 285 | |||
| 286 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 287 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 288 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 289 | |||
| 290 | if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 291 | { |
||
| 292 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
| 293 | } |
||
| 294 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 295 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 296 | #else |
||
| 297 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 298 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 299 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 300 | } |
||
| 301 | |||
| 302 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 303 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 304 | |||
| 305 | /* Set the Time Base configuration */ |
||
| 306 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 307 | |||
| 308 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 309 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 310 | |||
| 311 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 312 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 313 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 314 | |||
| 315 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 316 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 317 | |||
| 318 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 319 | } |
||
| 320 | |||
| 321 | /** |
||
| 322 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral |
||
| 323 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 324 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 325 | */ |
||
| 326 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 327 | { |
||
| 328 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 329 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 330 | |||
| 331 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 332 | |||
| 333 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 334 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 335 | |||
| 336 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 337 | if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 338 | { |
||
| 339 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
| 340 | } |
||
| 341 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 342 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 343 | #else |
||
| 344 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 345 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 346 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 347 | |||
| 348 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 349 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 350 | |||
| 351 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 352 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 353 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 354 | |||
| 355 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 356 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 357 | |||
| 358 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 359 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 360 | |||
| 361 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 362 | } |
||
| 363 | |||
| 364 | /** |
||
| 365 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. |
||
| 366 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 367 | * @retval None |
||
| 368 | */ |
||
| 369 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 370 | { |
||
| 371 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 372 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 373 | |||
| 374 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 375 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 376 | */ |
||
| 377 | } |
||
| 378 | |||
| 379 | /** |
||
| 380 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. |
||
| 381 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 382 | * @retval None |
||
| 383 | */ |
||
| 384 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 385 | { |
||
| 386 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 387 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 388 | |||
| 389 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 390 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 391 | */ |
||
| 392 | } |
||
| 393 | |||
| 394 | |||
| 395 | /** |
||
| 396 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. |
||
| 397 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 398 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 399 | */ |
||
| 400 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 401 | { |
||
| 402 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 403 | |||
| 404 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 405 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 406 | |||
| 407 | /* Check the TIM state */ |
||
| 408 | if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 409 | { |
||
| 410 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 411 | } |
||
| 412 | |||
| 413 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 414 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 415 | |||
| 416 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 417 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 418 | { |
||
| 419 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 420 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 421 | { |
||
| 422 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 423 | } |
||
| 424 | } |
||
| 425 | else |
||
| 426 | { |
||
| 427 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 428 | } |
||
| 429 | |||
| 430 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 431 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 432 | } |
||
| 433 | |||
| 434 | /** |
||
| 435 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. |
||
| 436 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 437 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 438 | */ |
||
| 439 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 440 | { |
||
| 441 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 442 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 443 | |||
| 444 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 445 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 446 | |||
| 447 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 448 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 449 | |||
| 450 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 451 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 452 | } |
||
| 453 | |||
| 454 | /** |
||
| 455 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 456 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 457 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 458 | */ |
||
| 459 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 460 | { |
||
| 461 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 462 | |||
| 463 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 464 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 465 | |||
| 466 | /* Check the TIM state */ |
||
| 467 | if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 468 | { |
||
| 469 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 470 | } |
||
| 471 | |||
| 472 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 473 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 474 | |||
| 475 | /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
||
| 476 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 479 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 480 | { |
||
| 481 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 482 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 483 | { |
||
| 484 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 485 | } |
||
| 486 | } |
||
| 487 | else |
||
| 488 | { |
||
| 489 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 490 | } |
||
| 491 | |||
| 492 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 493 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 494 | } |
||
| 495 | |||
| 496 | /** |
||
| 497 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 498 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 499 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 500 | */ |
||
| 501 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 502 | { |
||
| 503 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 504 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 505 | |||
| 506 | /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
||
| 507 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 508 | |||
| 509 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 510 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 511 | |||
| 512 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 513 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 514 | |||
| 515 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 516 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 517 | } |
||
| 518 | |||
| 519 | /** |
||
| 520 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 521 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 522 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
||
| 523 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. |
||
| 524 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 525 | */ |
||
| 526 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 527 | { |
||
| 528 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 529 | |||
| 530 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 531 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 532 | |||
| 533 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 534 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 535 | { |
||
| 536 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 537 | } |
||
| 538 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 539 | { |
||
| 540 | if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) |
||
| 541 | { |
||
| 542 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 543 | } |
||
| 544 | else |
||
| 545 | { |
||
| 546 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 547 | } |
||
| 548 | } |
||
| 549 | else |
||
| 550 | { |
||
| 551 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 552 | } |
||
| 553 | |||
| 554 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
||
| 555 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
||
| 556 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
||
| 557 | |||
| 558 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 559 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 560 | |||
| 561 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 562 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, |
||
| 563 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 564 | { |
||
| 565 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 566 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 567 | } |
||
| 568 | |||
| 569 | /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 570 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
| 571 | |||
| 572 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 573 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 574 | { |
||
| 575 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 576 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 577 | { |
||
| 578 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 579 | } |
||
| 580 | } |
||
| 581 | else |
||
| 582 | { |
||
| 583 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 584 | } |
||
| 585 | |||
| 586 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 587 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 588 | } |
||
| 589 | |||
| 590 | /** |
||
| 591 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 592 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 593 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 594 | */ |
||
| 595 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 596 | { |
||
| 597 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 598 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 599 | |||
| 600 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 601 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
| 602 | |||
| 603 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
||
| 604 | |||
| 605 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 606 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 607 | |||
| 608 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 609 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 610 | |||
| 611 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 612 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 613 | } |
||
| 614 | |||
| 615 | /** |
||
| 616 | * @} |
||
| 617 | */ |
||
| 618 | |||
| 619 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions |
||
| 620 | * @brief TIM Output Compare functions |
||
| 621 | * |
||
| 622 | @verbatim |
||
| 623 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 624 | ##### TIM Output Compare functions ##### |
||
| 625 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 626 | [..] |
||
| 627 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 628 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 629 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 630 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 631 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 632 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt. |
||
| 633 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt. |
||
| 634 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 635 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 636 | |||
| 637 | @endverbatim |
||
| 638 | * @{ |
||
| 639 | */ |
||
| 640 | /** |
||
| 641 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified |
||
| 642 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
||
| 643 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 644 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 645 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 646 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init() |
||
| 647 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 648 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 649 | */ |
||
| 650 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 651 | { |
||
| 652 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 653 | if (htim == NULL) |
||
| 654 | { |
||
| 655 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 656 | } |
||
| 657 | |||
| 658 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 659 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 660 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 661 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 662 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); |
||
| 663 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 664 | |||
| 665 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 666 | { |
||
| 667 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 668 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 669 | |||
| 670 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 671 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 672 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 673 | |||
| 674 | if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 675 | { |
||
| 676 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
| 677 | } |
||
| 678 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 679 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 680 | #else |
||
| 681 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 682 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 683 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 684 | } |
||
| 685 | |||
| 686 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 687 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 688 | |||
| 689 | /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ |
||
| 690 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 691 | |||
| 692 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 693 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 694 | |||
| 695 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 696 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 697 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 698 | |||
| 699 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 700 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 701 | |||
| 702 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 703 | } |
||
| 704 | |||
| 705 | /** |
||
| 706 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 707 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 708 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 709 | */ |
||
| 710 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 711 | { |
||
| 712 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 713 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 714 | |||
| 715 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 716 | |||
| 717 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 718 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 719 | |||
| 720 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 721 | if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 722 | { |
||
| 723 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 724 | } |
||
| 725 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 726 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 727 | #else |
||
| 728 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 729 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 730 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 731 | |||
| 732 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 733 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 734 | |||
| 735 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 736 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 737 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 738 | |||
| 739 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 740 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 741 | |||
| 742 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 743 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 744 | |||
| 745 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 746 | } |
||
| 747 | |||
| 748 | /** |
||
| 749 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
| 750 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 751 | * @retval None |
||
| 752 | */ |
||
| 753 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 754 | { |
||
| 755 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 756 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 757 | |||
| 758 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 759 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 760 | */ |
||
| 761 | } |
||
| 762 | |||
| 763 | /** |
||
| 764 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
| 765 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 766 | * @retval None |
||
| 767 | */ |
||
| 768 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 769 | { |
||
| 770 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 771 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 772 | |||
| 773 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 774 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 775 | */ |
||
| 776 | } |
||
| 777 | |||
| 778 | /** |
||
| 779 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
| 780 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 781 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 782 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 783 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 784 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 785 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 786 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 787 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 788 | */ |
||
| 789 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 790 | { |
||
| 791 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 792 | |||
| 793 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 794 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 795 | |||
| 796 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 797 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 798 | { |
||
| 799 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 800 | } |
||
| 801 | |||
| 802 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 803 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 804 | |||
| 805 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 806 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 807 | |||
| 808 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 809 | { |
||
| 810 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 811 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 812 | } |
||
| 813 | |||
| 814 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 815 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 816 | { |
||
| 817 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 818 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 819 | { |
||
| 820 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 821 | } |
||
| 822 | } |
||
| 823 | else |
||
| 824 | { |
||
| 825 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 826 | } |
||
| 827 | |||
| 828 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 829 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 830 | } |
||
| 831 | |||
| 832 | /** |
||
| 833 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
| 834 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 835 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 836 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 837 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 838 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 839 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 840 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 841 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 842 | */ |
||
| 843 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 844 | { |
||
| 845 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 846 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 847 | |||
| 848 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 849 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 850 | |||
| 851 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 852 | { |
||
| 853 | /* Disable the Main Output */ |
||
| 854 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 855 | } |
||
| 856 | |||
| 857 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 858 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 859 | |||
| 860 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 861 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 862 | |||
| 863 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 864 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 865 | } |
||
| 866 | |||
| 867 | /** |
||
| 868 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 869 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 870 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 871 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 872 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 873 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 874 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 875 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 876 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 877 | */ |
||
| 878 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 879 | { |
||
| 880 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 881 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 882 | |||
| 883 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 884 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 885 | |||
| 886 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 887 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 888 | { |
||
| 889 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 890 | } |
||
| 891 | |||
| 892 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 893 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 894 | |||
| 895 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 896 | { |
||
| 897 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 898 | { |
||
| 899 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 900 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 901 | break; |
||
| 902 | } |
||
| 903 | |||
| 904 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 905 | { |
||
| 906 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 907 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 908 | break; |
||
| 909 | } |
||
| 910 | |||
| 911 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 912 | { |
||
| 913 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 914 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 915 | break; |
||
| 916 | } |
||
| 917 | |||
| 918 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 919 | { |
||
| 920 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 921 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 922 | break; |
||
| 923 | } |
||
| 924 | |||
| 925 | default: |
||
| 926 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 927 | break; |
||
| 928 | } |
||
| 929 | |||
| 930 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 931 | { |
||
| 932 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 933 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 934 | |||
| 935 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 936 | { |
||
| 937 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 938 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 939 | } |
||
| 940 | |||
| 941 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 942 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 943 | { |
||
| 944 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 945 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 946 | { |
||
| 947 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 948 | } |
||
| 949 | } |
||
| 950 | else |
||
| 951 | { |
||
| 952 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 953 | } |
||
| 954 | } |
||
| 955 | |||
| 956 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 957 | return status; |
||
| 958 | } |
||
| 959 | |||
| 960 | /** |
||
| 961 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 962 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 963 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 964 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 965 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 966 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 967 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 968 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 969 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 970 | */ |
||
| 971 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 972 | { |
||
| 973 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 974 | |||
| 975 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 976 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 977 | |||
| 978 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 979 | { |
||
| 980 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 981 | { |
||
| 982 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 983 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 984 | break; |
||
| 985 | } |
||
| 986 | |||
| 987 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 988 | { |
||
| 989 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 990 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 991 | break; |
||
| 992 | } |
||
| 993 | |||
| 994 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 995 | { |
||
| 996 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 997 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 998 | break; |
||
| 999 | } |
||
| 1000 | |||
| 1001 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1002 | { |
||
| 1003 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1004 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 1005 | break; |
||
| 1006 | } |
||
| 1007 | |||
| 1008 | default: |
||
| 1009 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1010 | break; |
||
| 1011 | } |
||
| 1012 | |||
| 1013 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 1014 | { |
||
| 1015 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 1016 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1017 | |||
| 1018 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1019 | { |
||
| 1020 | /* Disable the Main Output */ |
||
| 1021 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1022 | } |
||
| 1023 | |||
| 1024 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1025 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1026 | |||
| 1027 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1028 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1029 | } |
||
| 1030 | |||
| 1031 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1032 | return status; |
||
| 1033 | } |
||
| 1034 | |||
| 1035 | /** |
||
| 1036 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 1037 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 1038 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 1039 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1040 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1041 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1042 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1043 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1044 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
||
| 1045 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
| 1046 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1047 | */ |
||
| 1048 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, |
||
| 1049 | uint16_t Length) |
||
| 1050 | { |
||
| 1051 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 1052 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 1053 | |||
| 1054 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1055 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1056 | |||
| 1057 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1058 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 1059 | { |
||
| 1060 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 1061 | } |
||
| 1062 | else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1063 | { |
||
| 1064 | if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) |
||
| 1065 | { |
||
| 1066 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1067 | } |
||
| 1068 | else |
||
| 1069 | { |
||
| 1070 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1071 | } |
||
| 1072 | } |
||
| 1073 | else |
||
| 1074 | { |
||
| 1075 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1076 | } |
||
| 1077 | |||
| 1078 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1079 | { |
||
| 1080 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1081 | { |
||
| 1082 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 1083 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1084 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 1085 | |||
| 1086 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1087 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1088 | |||
| 1089 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1090 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, |
||
| 1091 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 1092 | { |
||
| 1093 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 1094 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1095 | } |
||
| 1096 | |||
| 1097 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1098 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 1099 | break; |
||
| 1100 | } |
||
| 1101 | |||
| 1102 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1103 | { |
||
| 1104 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 1105 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1106 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 1107 | |||
| 1108 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1109 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1110 | |||
| 1111 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1112 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, |
||
| 1113 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 1114 | { |
||
| 1115 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 1116 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1117 | } |
||
| 1118 | |||
| 1119 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1120 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 1121 | break; |
||
| 1122 | } |
||
| 1123 | |||
| 1124 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1125 | { |
||
| 1126 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 1127 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1128 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 1129 | |||
| 1130 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1131 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1132 | |||
| 1133 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1134 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, |
||
| 1135 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 1136 | { |
||
| 1137 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 1138 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1139 | } |
||
| 1140 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1141 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 1142 | break; |
||
| 1143 | } |
||
| 1144 | |||
| 1145 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1146 | { |
||
| 1147 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 1148 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1149 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 1150 | |||
| 1151 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1152 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1153 | |||
| 1154 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1155 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, |
||
| 1156 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 1157 | { |
||
| 1158 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 1159 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1160 | } |
||
| 1161 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 1162 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 1163 | break; |
||
| 1164 | } |
||
| 1165 | |||
| 1166 | default: |
||
| 1167 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1168 | break; |
||
| 1169 | } |
||
| 1170 | |||
| 1171 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 1172 | { |
||
| 1173 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 1174 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1175 | |||
| 1176 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1177 | { |
||
| 1178 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 1179 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1180 | } |
||
| 1181 | |||
| 1182 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 1183 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1184 | { |
||
| 1185 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1186 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1187 | { |
||
| 1188 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1189 | } |
||
| 1190 | } |
||
| 1191 | else |
||
| 1192 | { |
||
| 1193 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1194 | } |
||
| 1195 | } |
||
| 1196 | |||
| 1197 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1198 | return status; |
||
| 1199 | } |
||
| 1200 | |||
| 1201 | /** |
||
| 1202 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 1203 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 1204 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 1205 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1206 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1207 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1208 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1209 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1210 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1211 | */ |
||
| 1212 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1213 | { |
||
| 1214 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 1215 | |||
| 1216 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1217 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1218 | |||
| 1219 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1220 | { |
||
| 1221 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1222 | { |
||
| 1223 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1224 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 1225 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 1226 | break; |
||
| 1227 | } |
||
| 1228 | |||
| 1229 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1230 | { |
||
| 1231 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1232 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 1233 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 1234 | break; |
||
| 1235 | } |
||
| 1236 | |||
| 1237 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1238 | { |
||
| 1239 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1240 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 1241 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
||
| 1242 | break; |
||
| 1243 | } |
||
| 1244 | |||
| 1245 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1246 | { |
||
| 1247 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1248 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 1249 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
||
| 1250 | break; |
||
| 1251 | } |
||
| 1252 | |||
| 1253 | default: |
||
| 1254 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1255 | break; |
||
| 1256 | } |
||
| 1257 | |||
| 1258 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 1259 | { |
||
| 1260 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 1261 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1262 | |||
| 1263 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1264 | { |
||
| 1265 | /* Disable the Main Output */ |
||
| 1266 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1267 | } |
||
| 1268 | |||
| 1269 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1270 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1271 | |||
| 1272 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1273 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1274 | } |
||
| 1275 | |||
| 1276 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1277 | return status; |
||
| 1278 | } |
||
| 1279 | |||
| 1280 | /** |
||
| 1281 | * @} |
||
| 1282 | */ |
||
| 1283 | |||
| 1284 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions |
||
| 1285 | * @brief TIM PWM functions |
||
| 1286 | * |
||
| 1287 | @verbatim |
||
| 1288 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 1289 | ##### TIM PWM functions ##### |
||
| 1290 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 1291 | [..] |
||
| 1292 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 1293 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. |
||
| 1294 | (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. |
||
| 1295 | (+) Start the TIM PWM. |
||
| 1296 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM. |
||
| 1297 | (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt. |
||
| 1298 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt. |
||
| 1299 | (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1300 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1301 | |||
| 1302 | @endverbatim |
||
| 1303 | * @{ |
||
| 1304 | */ |
||
| 1305 | /** |
||
| 1306 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified |
||
| 1307 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
||
| 1308 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 1309 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 1310 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 1311 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init() |
||
| 1312 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1313 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1314 | */ |
||
| 1315 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1316 | { |
||
| 1317 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 1318 | if (htim == NULL) |
||
| 1319 | { |
||
| 1320 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1321 | } |
||
| 1322 | |||
| 1323 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1324 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1325 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1326 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 1327 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); |
||
| 1328 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 1329 | |||
| 1330 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 1331 | { |
||
| 1332 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 1333 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 1334 | |||
| 1335 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 1336 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 1337 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 1338 | |||
| 1339 | if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1340 | { |
||
| 1341 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
| 1342 | } |
||
| 1343 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 1344 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1345 | #else |
||
| 1346 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 1347 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 1348 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 1349 | } |
||
| 1350 | |||
| 1351 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 1352 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1353 | |||
| 1354 | /* Init the base time for the PWM */ |
||
| 1355 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 1356 | |||
| 1357 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 1358 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1359 | |||
| 1360 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1361 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1362 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1363 | |||
| 1364 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 1365 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1366 | |||
| 1367 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1368 | } |
||
| 1369 | |||
| 1370 | /** |
||
| 1371 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 1372 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1373 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1374 | */ |
||
| 1375 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1376 | { |
||
| 1377 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1378 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1379 | |||
| 1380 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1381 | |||
| 1382 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 1383 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1384 | |||
| 1385 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 1386 | if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1387 | { |
||
| 1388 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
| 1389 | } |
||
| 1390 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 1391 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1392 | #else |
||
| 1393 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 1394 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 1395 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 1396 | |||
| 1397 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 1398 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1399 | |||
| 1400 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1401 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 1402 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 1403 | |||
| 1404 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 1405 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1406 | |||
| 1407 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 1408 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 1409 | |||
| 1410 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1411 | } |
||
| 1412 | |||
| 1413 | /** |
||
| 1414 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. |
||
| 1415 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1416 | * @retval None |
||
| 1417 | */ |
||
| 1418 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1419 | { |
||
| 1420 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1421 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1422 | |||
| 1423 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 1424 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 1425 | */ |
||
| 1426 | } |
||
| 1427 | |||
| 1428 | /** |
||
| 1429 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. |
||
| 1430 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1431 | * @retval None |
||
| 1432 | */ |
||
| 1433 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1434 | { |
||
| 1435 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1436 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1437 | |||
| 1438 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 1439 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 1440 | */ |
||
| 1441 | } |
||
| 1442 | |||
| 1443 | /** |
||
| 1444 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. |
||
| 1445 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 1446 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 1447 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1448 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1449 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1450 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1451 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1452 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1453 | */ |
||
| 1454 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1455 | { |
||
| 1456 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 1457 | |||
| 1458 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1459 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1460 | |||
| 1461 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1462 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1463 | { |
||
| 1464 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1465 | } |
||
| 1466 | |||
| 1467 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1468 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1469 | |||
| 1470 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1471 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1472 | |||
| 1473 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1474 | { |
||
| 1475 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 1476 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1477 | } |
||
| 1478 | |||
| 1479 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 1480 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1481 | { |
||
| 1482 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1483 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1484 | { |
||
| 1485 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1486 | } |
||
| 1487 | } |
||
| 1488 | else |
||
| 1489 | { |
||
| 1490 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1491 | } |
||
| 1492 | |||
| 1493 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1494 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1495 | } |
||
| 1496 | |||
| 1497 | /** |
||
| 1498 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. |
||
| 1499 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1500 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1501 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1502 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1503 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1504 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1505 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1506 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1507 | */ |
||
| 1508 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1509 | { |
||
| 1510 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1511 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1512 | |||
| 1513 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1514 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1515 | |||
| 1516 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1517 | { |
||
| 1518 | /* Disable the Main Output */ |
||
| 1519 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1520 | } |
||
| 1521 | |||
| 1522 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1523 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1524 | |||
| 1525 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1526 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1527 | |||
| 1528 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1529 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1530 | } |
||
| 1531 | |||
| 1532 | /** |
||
| 1533 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 1534 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1535 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 1536 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1537 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1538 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1539 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1540 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1541 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1542 | */ |
||
| 1543 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1544 | { |
||
| 1545 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 1546 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 1547 | |||
| 1548 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1549 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1550 | |||
| 1551 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1552 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1553 | { |
||
| 1554 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1555 | } |
||
| 1556 | |||
| 1557 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1558 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1559 | |||
| 1560 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1561 | { |
||
| 1562 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1563 | { |
||
| 1564 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1565 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 1566 | break; |
||
| 1567 | } |
||
| 1568 | |||
| 1569 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1570 | { |
||
| 1571 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1572 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 1573 | break; |
||
| 1574 | } |
||
| 1575 | |||
| 1576 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1577 | { |
||
| 1578 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1579 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 1580 | break; |
||
| 1581 | } |
||
| 1582 | |||
| 1583 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1584 | { |
||
| 1585 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1586 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 1587 | break; |
||
| 1588 | } |
||
| 1589 | |||
| 1590 | default: |
||
| 1591 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1592 | break; |
||
| 1593 | } |
||
| 1594 | |||
| 1595 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 1596 | { |
||
| 1597 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1598 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1599 | |||
| 1600 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1601 | { |
||
| 1602 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 1603 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1604 | } |
||
| 1605 | |||
| 1606 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 1607 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1608 | { |
||
| 1609 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1610 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1611 | { |
||
| 1612 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1613 | } |
||
| 1614 | } |
||
| 1615 | else |
||
| 1616 | { |
||
| 1617 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1618 | } |
||
| 1619 | } |
||
| 1620 | |||
| 1621 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1622 | return status; |
||
| 1623 | } |
||
| 1624 | |||
| 1625 | /** |
||
| 1626 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 1627 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1628 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1629 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1630 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1631 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1632 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1633 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1634 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1635 | */ |
||
| 1636 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1637 | { |
||
| 1638 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 1639 | |||
| 1640 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1641 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1642 | |||
| 1643 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1644 | { |
||
| 1645 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1646 | { |
||
| 1647 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1648 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 1649 | break; |
||
| 1650 | } |
||
| 1651 | |||
| 1652 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1653 | { |
||
| 1654 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1655 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 1656 | break; |
||
| 1657 | } |
||
| 1658 | |||
| 1659 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1660 | { |
||
| 1661 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1662 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 1663 | break; |
||
| 1664 | } |
||
| 1665 | |||
| 1666 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1667 | { |
||
| 1668 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1669 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 1670 | break; |
||
| 1671 | } |
||
| 1672 | |||
| 1673 | default: |
||
| 1674 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1675 | break; |
||
| 1676 | } |
||
| 1677 | |||
| 1678 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 1679 | { |
||
| 1680 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1681 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1682 | |||
| 1683 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1684 | { |
||
| 1685 | /* Disable the Main Output */ |
||
| 1686 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1687 | } |
||
| 1688 | |||
| 1689 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1690 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1691 | |||
| 1692 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1693 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1694 | } |
||
| 1695 | |||
| 1696 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1697 | return status; |
||
| 1698 | } |
||
| 1699 | |||
| 1700 | /** |
||
| 1701 | * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 1702 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1703 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 1704 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1705 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1706 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1707 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1708 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1709 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
||
| 1710 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
| 1711 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1712 | */ |
||
| 1713 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, const uint32_t *pData, |
||
| 1714 | uint16_t Length) |
||
| 1715 | { |
||
| 1716 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 1717 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 1718 | |||
| 1719 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1720 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1721 | |||
| 1722 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1723 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 1724 | { |
||
| 1725 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 1726 | } |
||
| 1727 | else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1728 | { |
||
| 1729 | if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) |
||
| 1730 | { |
||
| 1731 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1732 | } |
||
| 1733 | else |
||
| 1734 | { |
||
| 1735 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1736 | } |
||
| 1737 | } |
||
| 1738 | else |
||
| 1739 | { |
||
| 1740 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1741 | } |
||
| 1742 | |||
| 1743 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1744 | { |
||
| 1745 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1746 | { |
||
| 1747 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 1748 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1749 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 1750 | |||
| 1751 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1752 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1753 | |||
| 1754 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1755 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, |
||
| 1756 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 1757 | { |
||
| 1758 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 1759 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1760 | } |
||
| 1761 | |||
| 1762 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1763 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 1764 | break; |
||
| 1765 | } |
||
| 1766 | |||
| 1767 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1768 | { |
||
| 1769 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 1770 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1771 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 1772 | |||
| 1773 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1774 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1775 | |||
| 1776 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1777 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, |
||
| 1778 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 1779 | { |
||
| 1780 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 1781 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1782 | } |
||
| 1783 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1784 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 1785 | break; |
||
| 1786 | } |
||
| 1787 | |||
| 1788 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1789 | { |
||
| 1790 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 1791 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1792 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 1793 | |||
| 1794 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1795 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1796 | |||
| 1797 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1798 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, |
||
| 1799 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 1800 | { |
||
| 1801 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 1802 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1803 | } |
||
| 1804 | /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ |
||
| 1805 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 1806 | break; |
||
| 1807 | } |
||
| 1808 | |||
| 1809 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1810 | { |
||
| 1811 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 1812 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1813 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 1814 | |||
| 1815 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1816 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1817 | |||
| 1818 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1819 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, |
||
| 1820 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 1821 | { |
||
| 1822 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 1823 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1824 | } |
||
| 1825 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 1826 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 1827 | break; |
||
| 1828 | } |
||
| 1829 | |||
| 1830 | default: |
||
| 1831 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1832 | break; |
||
| 1833 | } |
||
| 1834 | |||
| 1835 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 1836 | { |
||
| 1837 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1838 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1839 | |||
| 1840 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1841 | { |
||
| 1842 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 1843 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1844 | } |
||
| 1845 | |||
| 1846 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 1847 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1848 | { |
||
| 1849 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1850 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1851 | { |
||
| 1852 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1853 | } |
||
| 1854 | } |
||
| 1855 | else |
||
| 1856 | { |
||
| 1857 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1858 | } |
||
| 1859 | } |
||
| 1860 | |||
| 1861 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1862 | return status; |
||
| 1863 | } |
||
| 1864 | |||
| 1865 | /** |
||
| 1866 | * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 1867 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 1868 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1869 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1870 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1871 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1872 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1873 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1874 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1875 | */ |
||
| 1876 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1877 | { |
||
| 1878 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 1879 | |||
| 1880 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1881 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1882 | |||
| 1883 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1884 | { |
||
| 1885 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1886 | { |
||
| 1887 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1888 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 1889 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 1890 | break; |
||
| 1891 | } |
||
| 1892 | |||
| 1893 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1894 | { |
||
| 1895 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1896 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 1897 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 1898 | break; |
||
| 1899 | } |
||
| 1900 | |||
| 1901 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1902 | { |
||
| 1903 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1904 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 1905 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
||
| 1906 | break; |
||
| 1907 | } |
||
| 1908 | |||
| 1909 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1910 | { |
||
| 1911 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1912 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 1913 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
||
| 1914 | break; |
||
| 1915 | } |
||
| 1916 | |||
| 1917 | default: |
||
| 1918 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1919 | break; |
||
| 1920 | } |
||
| 1921 | |||
| 1922 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 1923 | { |
||
| 1924 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1925 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1926 | |||
| 1927 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1928 | { |
||
| 1929 | /* Disable the Main Output */ |
||
| 1930 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1931 | } |
||
| 1932 | |||
| 1933 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1934 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1935 | |||
| 1936 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1937 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1938 | } |
||
| 1939 | |||
| 1940 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1941 | return status; |
||
| 1942 | } |
||
| 1943 | |||
| 1944 | /** |
||
| 1945 | * @} |
||
| 1946 | */ |
||
| 1947 | |||
| 1948 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions |
||
| 1949 | * @brief TIM Input Capture functions |
||
| 1950 | * |
||
| 1951 | @verbatim |
||
| 1952 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 1953 | ##### TIM Input Capture functions ##### |
||
| 1954 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 1955 | [..] |
||
| 1956 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 1957 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1958 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1959 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1960 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1961 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt. |
||
| 1962 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt. |
||
| 1963 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1964 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1965 | |||
| 1966 | @endverbatim |
||
| 1967 | * @{ |
||
| 1968 | */ |
||
| 1969 | /** |
||
| 1970 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified |
||
| 1971 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
||
| 1972 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 1973 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 1974 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 1975 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init() |
||
| 1976 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 1977 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1978 | */ |
||
| 1979 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1980 | { |
||
| 1981 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 1982 | if (htim == NULL) |
||
| 1983 | { |
||
| 1984 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1985 | } |
||
| 1986 | |||
| 1987 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1988 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1989 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1990 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 1991 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); |
||
| 1992 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 1993 | |||
| 1994 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 1995 | { |
||
| 1996 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 1997 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 1998 | |||
| 1999 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 2000 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 2001 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 2002 | |||
| 2003 | if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2004 | { |
||
| 2005 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
| 2006 | } |
||
| 2007 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2008 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2009 | #else |
||
| 2010 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 2011 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 2012 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 2013 | } |
||
| 2014 | |||
| 2015 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 2016 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2017 | |||
| 2018 | /* Init the base time for the input capture */ |
||
| 2019 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 2020 | |||
| 2021 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 2022 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2023 | |||
| 2024 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2025 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2026 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2027 | |||
| 2028 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 2029 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2030 | |||
| 2031 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2032 | } |
||
| 2033 | |||
| 2034 | /** |
||
| 2035 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 2036 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2037 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2038 | */ |
||
| 2039 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2040 | { |
||
| 2041 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2042 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2043 | |||
| 2044 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2045 | |||
| 2046 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 2047 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2048 | |||
| 2049 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 2050 | if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2051 | { |
||
| 2052 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 2053 | } |
||
| 2054 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 2055 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2056 | #else |
||
| 2057 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 2058 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 2059 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 2060 | |||
| 2061 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 2062 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2063 | |||
| 2064 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2065 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2066 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2067 | |||
| 2068 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 2069 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2070 | |||
| 2071 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 2072 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 2073 | |||
| 2074 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2075 | } |
||
| 2076 | |||
| 2077 | /** |
||
| 2078 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
| 2079 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2080 | * @retval None |
||
| 2081 | */ |
||
| 2082 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2083 | { |
||
| 2084 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2085 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2086 | |||
| 2087 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 2088 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2089 | */ |
||
| 2090 | } |
||
| 2091 | |||
| 2092 | /** |
||
| 2093 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
| 2094 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 2095 | * @retval None |
||
| 2096 | */ |
||
| 2097 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2098 | { |
||
| 2099 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2100 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2101 | |||
| 2102 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 2103 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2104 | */ |
||
| 2105 | } |
||
| 2106 | |||
| 2107 | /** |
||
| 2108 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
| 2109 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2110 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2111 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2112 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2113 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2114 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2115 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2116 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2117 | */ |
||
| 2118 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2119 | { |
||
| 2120 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 2121 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2122 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2123 | |||
| 2124 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2125 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2126 | |||
| 2127 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2128 | if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2129 | || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 2130 | { |
||
| 2131 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2132 | } |
||
| 2133 | |||
| 2134 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2135 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2136 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2137 | |||
| 2138 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2139 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2140 | |||
| 2141 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 2142 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 2143 | { |
||
| 2144 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2145 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 2146 | { |
||
| 2147 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2148 | } |
||
| 2149 | } |
||
| 2150 | else |
||
| 2151 | { |
||
| 2152 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2153 | } |
||
| 2154 | |||
| 2155 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2156 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2157 | } |
||
| 2158 | |||
| 2159 | /** |
||
| 2160 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
| 2161 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2162 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2163 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2164 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2165 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2166 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2167 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2168 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2169 | */ |
||
| 2170 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2171 | { |
||
| 2172 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2173 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2174 | |||
| 2175 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2176 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2177 | |||
| 2178 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2179 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2180 | |||
| 2181 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2182 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2183 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2184 | |||
| 2185 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2186 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2187 | } |
||
| 2188 | |||
| 2189 | /** |
||
| 2190 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
| 2191 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2192 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2193 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2194 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2195 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2196 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2197 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2198 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2199 | */ |
||
| 2200 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2201 | { |
||
| 2202 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 2203 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 2204 | |||
| 2205 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2206 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2207 | |||
| 2208 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2209 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2210 | |||
| 2211 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2212 | if ((channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2213 | || (complementary_channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 2214 | { |
||
| 2215 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2216 | } |
||
| 2217 | |||
| 2218 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2219 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2220 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2221 | |||
| 2222 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2223 | { |
||
| 2224 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2225 | { |
||
| 2226 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2227 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2228 | break; |
||
| 2229 | } |
||
| 2230 | |||
| 2231 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2232 | { |
||
| 2233 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2234 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2235 | break; |
||
| 2236 | } |
||
| 2237 | |||
| 2238 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2239 | { |
||
| 2240 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 2241 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 2242 | break; |
||
| 2243 | } |
||
| 2244 | |||
| 2245 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2246 | { |
||
| 2247 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 2248 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 2249 | break; |
||
| 2250 | } |
||
| 2251 | |||
| 2252 | default: |
||
| 2253 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2254 | break; |
||
| 2255 | } |
||
| 2256 | |||
| 2257 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 2258 | { |
||
| 2259 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2260 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2261 | |||
| 2262 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 2263 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 2264 | { |
||
| 2265 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2266 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 2267 | { |
||
| 2268 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2269 | } |
||
| 2270 | } |
||
| 2271 | else |
||
| 2272 | { |
||
| 2273 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2274 | } |
||
| 2275 | } |
||
| 2276 | |||
| 2277 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2278 | return status; |
||
| 2279 | } |
||
| 2280 | |||
| 2281 | /** |
||
| 2282 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
| 2283 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2284 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2285 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2286 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2287 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2288 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2289 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2290 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2291 | */ |
||
| 2292 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2293 | { |
||
| 2294 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 2295 | |||
| 2296 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2297 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2298 | |||
| 2299 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2300 | { |
||
| 2301 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2302 | { |
||
| 2303 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2304 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2305 | break; |
||
| 2306 | } |
||
| 2307 | |||
| 2308 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2309 | { |
||
| 2310 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2311 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2312 | break; |
||
| 2313 | } |
||
| 2314 | |||
| 2315 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2316 | { |
||
| 2317 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 2318 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 2319 | break; |
||
| 2320 | } |
||
| 2321 | |||
| 2322 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2323 | { |
||
| 2324 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 2325 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 2326 | break; |
||
| 2327 | } |
||
| 2328 | |||
| 2329 | default: |
||
| 2330 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2331 | break; |
||
| 2332 | } |
||
| 2333 | |||
| 2334 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 2335 | { |
||
| 2336 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2337 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2338 | |||
| 2339 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2340 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2341 | |||
| 2342 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2343 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2344 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2345 | } |
||
| 2346 | |||
| 2347 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2348 | return status; |
||
| 2349 | } |
||
| 2350 | |||
| 2351 | /** |
||
| 2352 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
| 2353 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2354 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2355 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2356 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2357 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2358 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2359 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2360 | * @param pData The destination Buffer address. |
||
| 2361 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
| 2362 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2363 | */ |
||
| 2364 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 2365 | { |
||
| 2366 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 2367 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 2368 | |||
| 2369 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2370 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2371 | |||
| 2372 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2373 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2374 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2375 | |||
| 2376 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2377 | if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 2378 | || (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 2379 | { |
||
| 2380 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 2381 | } |
||
| 2382 | else if ((channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2383 | && (complementary_channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 2384 | { |
||
| 2385 | if ((pData == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) |
||
| 2386 | { |
||
| 2387 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2388 | } |
||
| 2389 | else |
||
| 2390 | { |
||
| 2391 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2392 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2393 | } |
||
| 2394 | } |
||
| 2395 | else |
||
| 2396 | { |
||
| 2397 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2398 | } |
||
| 2399 | |||
| 2400 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2401 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2402 | |||
| 2403 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2404 | { |
||
| 2405 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2406 | { |
||
| 2407 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 2408 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 2409 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 2410 | |||
| 2411 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2412 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2413 | |||
| 2414 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 2415 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, |
||
| 2416 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 2417 | { |
||
| 2418 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 2419 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2420 | } |
||
| 2421 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 2422 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 2423 | break; |
||
| 2424 | } |
||
| 2425 | |||
| 2426 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2427 | { |
||
| 2428 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 2429 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 2430 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 2431 | |||
| 2432 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2433 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2434 | |||
| 2435 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 2436 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, |
||
| 2437 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 2438 | { |
||
| 2439 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 2440 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2441 | } |
||
| 2442 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 2443 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 2444 | break; |
||
| 2445 | } |
||
| 2446 | |||
| 2447 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2448 | { |
||
| 2449 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 2450 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 2451 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 2452 | |||
| 2453 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2454 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2455 | |||
| 2456 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 2457 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, |
||
| 2458 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 2459 | { |
||
| 2460 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 2461 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2462 | } |
||
| 2463 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 2464 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 2465 | break; |
||
| 2466 | } |
||
| 2467 | |||
| 2468 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2469 | { |
||
| 2470 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 2471 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 2472 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 2473 | |||
| 2474 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2475 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2476 | |||
| 2477 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 2478 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, |
||
| 2479 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 2480 | { |
||
| 2481 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 2482 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2483 | } |
||
| 2484 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 2485 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 2486 | break; |
||
| 2487 | } |
||
| 2488 | |||
| 2489 | default: |
||
| 2490 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2491 | break; |
||
| 2492 | } |
||
| 2493 | |||
| 2494 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 2495 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 2496 | { |
||
| 2497 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2498 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 2499 | { |
||
| 2500 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2501 | } |
||
| 2502 | } |
||
| 2503 | else |
||
| 2504 | { |
||
| 2505 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2506 | } |
||
| 2507 | |||
| 2508 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2509 | return status; |
||
| 2510 | } |
||
| 2511 | |||
| 2512 | /** |
||
| 2513 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
| 2514 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2515 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2516 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2517 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2518 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2519 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2520 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2521 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2522 | */ |
||
| 2523 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2524 | { |
||
| 2525 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 2526 | |||
| 2527 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2528 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2529 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2530 | |||
| 2531 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2532 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2533 | |||
| 2534 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2535 | { |
||
| 2536 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2537 | { |
||
| 2538 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 2539 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 2540 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 2541 | break; |
||
| 2542 | } |
||
| 2543 | |||
| 2544 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2545 | { |
||
| 2546 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 2547 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 2548 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 2549 | break; |
||
| 2550 | } |
||
| 2551 | |||
| 2552 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2553 | { |
||
| 2554 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 2555 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 2556 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
||
| 2557 | break; |
||
| 2558 | } |
||
| 2559 | |||
| 2560 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2561 | { |
||
| 2562 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 2563 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 2564 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
||
| 2565 | break; |
||
| 2566 | } |
||
| 2567 | |||
| 2568 | default: |
||
| 2569 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2570 | break; |
||
| 2571 | } |
||
| 2572 | |||
| 2573 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 2574 | { |
||
| 2575 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2576 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2577 | |||
| 2578 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2579 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2580 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2581 | } |
||
| 2582 | |||
| 2583 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2584 | return status; |
||
| 2585 | } |
||
| 2586 | /** |
||
| 2587 | * @} |
||
| 2588 | */ |
||
| 2589 | |||
| 2590 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions |
||
| 2591 | * @brief TIM One Pulse functions |
||
| 2592 | * |
||
| 2593 | @verbatim |
||
| 2594 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2595 | ##### TIM One Pulse functions ##### |
||
| 2596 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2597 | [..] |
||
| 2598 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 2599 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 2600 | (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 2601 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 2602 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 2603 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt. |
||
| 2604 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt. |
||
| 2605 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2606 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2607 | |||
| 2608 | @endverbatim |
||
| 2609 | * @{ |
||
| 2610 | */ |
||
| 2611 | /** |
||
| 2612 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified |
||
| 2613 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
||
| 2614 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 2615 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 2616 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 2617 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init() |
||
| 2618 | * @note When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer |
||
| 2619 | * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other |
||
| 2620 | * purpose. |
||
| 2621 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2622 | * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode. |
||
| 2623 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2624 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. |
||
| 2625 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated. |
||
| 2626 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2627 | */ |
||
| 2628 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) |
||
| 2629 | { |
||
| 2630 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 2631 | if (htim == NULL) |
||
| 2632 | { |
||
| 2633 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2634 | } |
||
| 2635 | |||
| 2636 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2637 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2638 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 2639 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 2640 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); |
||
| 2641 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); |
||
| 2642 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 2643 | |||
| 2644 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 2645 | { |
||
| 2646 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 2647 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 2648 | |||
| 2649 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 2650 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 2651 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 2652 | |||
| 2653 | if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2654 | { |
||
| 2655 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
| 2656 | } |
||
| 2657 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2658 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2659 | #else |
||
| 2660 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 2661 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 2662 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 2663 | } |
||
| 2664 | |||
| 2665 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 2666 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2667 | |||
| 2668 | /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ |
||
| 2669 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 2670 | |||
| 2671 | /* Reset the OPM Bit */ |
||
| 2672 | htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; |
||
| 2673 | |||
| 2674 | /* Configure the OPM Mode */ |
||
| 2675 | htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; |
||
| 2676 | |||
| 2677 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 2678 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2679 | |||
| 2680 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2681 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2682 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2683 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2684 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2685 | |||
| 2686 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 2687 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2688 | |||
| 2689 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2690 | } |
||
| 2691 | |||
| 2692 | /** |
||
| 2693 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse |
||
| 2694 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2695 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2696 | */ |
||
| 2697 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2698 | { |
||
| 2699 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2700 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2701 | |||
| 2702 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2703 | |||
| 2704 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 2705 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2706 | |||
| 2707 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 2708 | if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2709 | { |
||
| 2710 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
| 2711 | } |
||
| 2712 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 2713 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2714 | #else |
||
| 2715 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2716 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 2717 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 2718 | |||
| 2719 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 2720 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2721 | |||
| 2722 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2723 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2724 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2725 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2726 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2727 | |||
| 2728 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 2729 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2730 | |||
| 2731 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 2732 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 2733 | |||
| 2734 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2735 | } |
||
| 2736 | |||
| 2737 | /** |
||
| 2738 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
| 2739 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2740 | * @retval None |
||
| 2741 | */ |
||
| 2742 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2743 | { |
||
| 2744 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2745 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2746 | |||
| 2747 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 2748 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2749 | */ |
||
| 2750 | } |
||
| 2751 | |||
| 2752 | /** |
||
| 2753 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
| 2754 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2755 | * @retval None |
||
| 2756 | */ |
||
| 2757 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2758 | { |
||
| 2759 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2760 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2761 | |||
| 2762 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 2763 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2764 | */ |
||
| 2765 | } |
||
| 2766 | |||
| 2767 | /** |
||
| 2768 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
| 2769 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
||
| 2770 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
| 2771 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
| 2772 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
| 2773 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2774 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
||
| 2775 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2776 | */ |
||
| 2777 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
||
| 2778 | { |
||
| 2779 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 2780 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2781 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 2782 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2783 | |||
| 2784 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2785 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2786 | |||
| 2787 | /* Check the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2788 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2789 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2790 | || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2791 | || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 2792 | { |
||
| 2793 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2794 | } |
||
| 2795 | |||
| 2796 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2797 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2798 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2799 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2800 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2801 | |||
| 2802 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2803 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2804 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2805 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2806 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
||
| 2807 | |||
| 2808 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
| 2809 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
| 2810 | |||
| 2811 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2812 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2813 | |||
| 2814 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 2815 | { |
||
| 2816 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 2817 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2818 | } |
||
| 2819 | |||
| 2820 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2821 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2822 | } |
||
| 2823 | |||
| 2824 | /** |
||
| 2825 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
| 2826 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
||
| 2827 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
| 2828 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
| 2829 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
| 2830 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2831 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
||
| 2832 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2833 | */ |
||
| 2834 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
||
| 2835 | { |
||
| 2836 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2837 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2838 | |||
| 2839 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2840 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2841 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2842 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2843 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
||
| 2844 | |||
| 2845 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2846 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2847 | |||
| 2848 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 2849 | { |
||
| 2850 | /* Disable the Main Output */ |
||
| 2851 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2852 | } |
||
| 2853 | |||
| 2854 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2855 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2856 | |||
| 2857 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2858 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2859 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2860 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2861 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2862 | |||
| 2863 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2864 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2865 | } |
||
| 2866 | |||
| 2867 | /** |
||
| 2868 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 2869 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
||
| 2870 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
| 2871 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
| 2872 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
| 2873 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2874 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
||
| 2875 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2876 | */ |
||
| 2877 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
||
| 2878 | { |
||
| 2879 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 2880 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2881 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 2882 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2883 | |||
| 2884 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2885 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2886 | |||
| 2887 | /* Check the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2888 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2889 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2890 | || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2891 | || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 2892 | { |
||
| 2893 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2894 | } |
||
| 2895 | |||
| 2896 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2897 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2898 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2899 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2900 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2901 | |||
| 2902 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2903 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2904 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2905 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2906 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
||
| 2907 | |||
| 2908 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
| 2909 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
| 2910 | |||
| 2911 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2912 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2913 | |||
| 2914 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2915 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2916 | |||
| 2917 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2918 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2919 | |||
| 2920 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 2921 | { |
||
| 2922 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 2923 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2924 | } |
||
| 2925 | |||
| 2926 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2927 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2928 | } |
||
| 2929 | |||
| 2930 | /** |
||
| 2931 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 2932 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
||
| 2933 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
| 2934 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
| 2935 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
| 2936 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2937 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
||
| 2938 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2939 | */ |
||
| 2940 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
||
| 2941 | { |
||
| 2942 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2943 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2944 | |||
| 2945 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2946 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2947 | |||
| 2948 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2949 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2950 | |||
| 2951 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2952 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2953 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2954 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2955 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
||
| 2956 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2957 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2958 | |||
| 2959 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 2960 | { |
||
| 2961 | /* Disable the Main Output */ |
||
| 2962 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2963 | } |
||
| 2964 | |||
| 2965 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2966 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2967 | |||
| 2968 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2969 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2970 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2971 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2972 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2973 | |||
| 2974 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2975 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2976 | } |
||
| 2977 | |||
| 2978 | /** |
||
| 2979 | * @} |
||
| 2980 | */ |
||
| 2981 | |||
| 2982 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions |
||
| 2983 | * @brief TIM Encoder functions |
||
| 2984 | * |
||
| 2985 | @verbatim |
||
| 2986 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2987 | ##### TIM Encoder functions ##### |
||
| 2988 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2989 | [..] |
||
| 2990 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 2991 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2992 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2993 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2994 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2995 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt. |
||
| 2996 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt. |
||
| 2997 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2998 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2999 | |||
| 3000 | @endverbatim |
||
| 3001 | * @{ |
||
| 3002 | */ |
||
| 3003 | /** |
||
| 3004 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle. |
||
| 3005 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 3006 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 3007 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 3008 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init() |
||
| 3009 | * @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together |
||
| 3010 | * Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource |
||
| 3011 | * using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa |
||
| 3012 | * @note When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer |
||
| 3013 | * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other |
||
| 3014 | * purpose. |
||
| 3015 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3016 | * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure |
||
| 3017 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3018 | */ |
||
| 3019 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig) |
||
| 3020 | { |
||
| 3021 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 3022 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 3023 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 3024 | |||
| 3025 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 3026 | if (htim == NULL) |
||
| 3027 | { |
||
| 3028 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3029 | } |
||
| 3030 | |||
| 3031 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3032 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3033 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 3034 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 3035 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 3036 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); |
||
| 3037 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); |
||
| 3038 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); |
||
| 3039 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); |
||
| 3040 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); |
||
| 3041 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); |
||
| 3042 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); |
||
| 3043 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); |
||
| 3044 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); |
||
| 3045 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIOD(htim->Init.Period)); |
||
| 3046 | |||
| 3047 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 3048 | { |
||
| 3049 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 3050 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 3051 | |||
| 3052 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3053 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 3054 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 3055 | |||
| 3056 | if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 3057 | { |
||
| 3058 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
| 3059 | } |
||
| 3060 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 3061 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 3062 | #else |
||
| 3063 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 3064 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 3065 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3066 | } |
||
| 3067 | |||
| 3068 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 3069 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3070 | |||
| 3071 | /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */ |
||
| 3072 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE); |
||
| 3073 | |||
| 3074 | /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ |
||
| 3075 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 3076 | |||
| 3077 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 3078 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 3079 | |||
| 3080 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 3081 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
||
| 3082 | |||
| 3083 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 3084 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
| 3085 | |||
| 3086 | /* Set the encoder Mode */ |
||
| 3087 | tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; |
||
| 3088 | |||
| 3089 | /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ |
||
| 3090 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); |
||
| 3091 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); |
||
| 3092 | |||
| 3093 | /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ |
||
| 3094 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); |
||
| 3095 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
||
| 3096 | tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); |
||
| 3097 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); |
||
| 3098 | |||
| 3099 | /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ |
||
| 3100 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); |
||
| 3101 | tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); |
||
| 3102 | |||
| 3103 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 3104 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 3105 | |||
| 3106 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 3107 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 3108 | |||
| 3109 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 3110 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 3111 | |||
| 3112 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 3113 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3114 | |||
| 3115 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 3116 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3117 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3118 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3119 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3120 | |||
| 3121 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 3122 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3123 | |||
| 3124 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3125 | } |
||
| 3126 | |||
| 3127 | |||
| 3128 | /** |
||
| 3129 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface |
||
| 3130 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3131 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3132 | */ |
||
| 3133 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 3134 | { |
||
| 3135 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3136 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3137 | |||
| 3138 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3139 | |||
| 3140 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 3141 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3142 | |||
| 3143 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3144 | if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 3145 | { |
||
| 3146 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
| 3147 | } |
||
| 3148 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 3149 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 3150 | #else |
||
| 3151 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 3152 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 3153 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3154 | |||
| 3155 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 3156 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 3157 | |||
| 3158 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 3159 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 3160 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 3161 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 3162 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 3163 | |||
| 3164 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 3165 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 3166 | |||
| 3167 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 3168 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3169 | |||
| 3170 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3171 | } |
||
| 3172 | |||
| 3173 | /** |
||
| 3174 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
| 3175 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3176 | * @retval None |
||
| 3177 | */ |
||
| 3178 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 3179 | { |
||
| 3180 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 3181 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 3182 | |||
| 3183 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 3184 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 3185 | */ |
||
| 3186 | } |
||
| 3187 | |||
| 3188 | /** |
||
| 3189 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
| 3190 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3191 | * @retval None |
||
| 3192 | */ |
||
| 3193 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 3194 | { |
||
| 3195 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 3196 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 3197 | |||
| 3198 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 3199 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 3200 | */ |
||
| 3201 | } |
||
| 3202 | |||
| 3203 | /** |
||
| 3204 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
| 3205 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3206 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 3207 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3208 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3209 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3210 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3211 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3212 | */ |
||
| 3213 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 3214 | { |
||
| 3215 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 3216 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3217 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 3218 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3219 | |||
| 3220 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3221 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3222 | |||
| 3223 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
||
| 3224 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3225 | { |
||
| 3226 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3227 | || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3228 | { |
||
| 3229 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3230 | } |
||
| 3231 | else |
||
| 3232 | { |
||
| 3233 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3234 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3235 | } |
||
| 3236 | } |
||
| 3237 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3238 | { |
||
| 3239 | if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3240 | || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3241 | { |
||
| 3242 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3243 | } |
||
| 3244 | else |
||
| 3245 | { |
||
| 3246 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3247 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3248 | } |
||
| 3249 | } |
||
| 3250 | else |
||
| 3251 | { |
||
| 3252 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3253 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3254 | || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3255 | || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3256 | { |
||
| 3257 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3258 | } |
||
| 3259 | else |
||
| 3260 | { |
||
| 3261 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3262 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3263 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3264 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3265 | } |
||
| 3266 | } |
||
| 3267 | |||
| 3268 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
||
| 3269 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3270 | { |
||
| 3271 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3272 | { |
||
| 3273 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3274 | break; |
||
| 3275 | } |
||
| 3276 | |||
| 3277 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3278 | { |
||
| 3279 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3280 | break; |
||
| 3281 | } |
||
| 3282 | |||
| 3283 | default : |
||
| 3284 | { |
||
| 3285 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3286 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3287 | break; |
||
| 3288 | } |
||
| 3289 | } |
||
| 3290 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3291 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3292 | |||
| 3293 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3294 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3295 | } |
||
| 3296 | |||
| 3297 | /** |
||
| 3298 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
| 3299 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3300 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 3301 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3302 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3303 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3304 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3305 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3306 | */ |
||
| 3307 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 3308 | { |
||
| 3309 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3310 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3311 | |||
| 3312 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 3313 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 3314 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3315 | { |
||
| 3316 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3317 | { |
||
| 3318 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3319 | break; |
||
| 3320 | } |
||
| 3321 | |||
| 3322 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3323 | { |
||
| 3324 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3325 | break; |
||
| 3326 | } |
||
| 3327 | |||
| 3328 | default : |
||
| 3329 | { |
||
| 3330 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3331 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3332 | break; |
||
| 3333 | } |
||
| 3334 | } |
||
| 3335 | |||
| 3336 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3337 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3338 | |||
| 3339 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
||
| 3340 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3341 | { |
||
| 3342 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3343 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3344 | } |
||
| 3345 | else |
||
| 3346 | { |
||
| 3347 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3348 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3349 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3350 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3351 | } |
||
| 3352 | |||
| 3353 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3354 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3355 | } |
||
| 3356 | |||
| 3357 | /** |
||
| 3358 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
| 3359 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3360 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 3361 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3362 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3363 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3364 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3365 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3366 | */ |
||
| 3367 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 3368 | { |
||
| 3369 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 3370 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3371 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 3372 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3373 | |||
| 3374 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3375 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3376 | |||
| 3377 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
||
| 3378 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3379 | { |
||
| 3380 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3381 | || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3382 | { |
||
| 3383 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3384 | } |
||
| 3385 | else |
||
| 3386 | { |
||
| 3387 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3388 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3389 | } |
||
| 3390 | } |
||
| 3391 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3392 | { |
||
| 3393 | if ((channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3394 | || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3395 | { |
||
| 3396 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3397 | } |
||
| 3398 | else |
||
| 3399 | { |
||
| 3400 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3401 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3402 | } |
||
| 3403 | } |
||
| 3404 | else |
||
| 3405 | { |
||
| 3406 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3407 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3408 | || (complementary_channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3409 | || (complementary_channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3410 | { |
||
| 3411 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3412 | } |
||
| 3413 | else |
||
| 3414 | { |
||
| 3415 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3416 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3417 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3418 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3419 | } |
||
| 3420 | } |
||
| 3421 | |||
| 3422 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
||
| 3423 | /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ |
||
| 3424 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3425 | { |
||
| 3426 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3427 | { |
||
| 3428 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3429 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3430 | break; |
||
| 3431 | } |
||
| 3432 | |||
| 3433 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3434 | { |
||
| 3435 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3436 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3437 | break; |
||
| 3438 | } |
||
| 3439 | |||
| 3440 | default : |
||
| 3441 | { |
||
| 3442 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3443 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3444 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3445 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3446 | break; |
||
| 3447 | } |
||
| 3448 | } |
||
| 3449 | |||
| 3450 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3451 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3452 | |||
| 3453 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3454 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3455 | } |
||
| 3456 | |||
| 3457 | /** |
||
| 3458 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
| 3459 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3460 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 3461 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3462 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3463 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3464 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3465 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3466 | */ |
||
| 3467 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 3468 | { |
||
| 3469 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3470 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3471 | |||
| 3472 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 3473 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 3474 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3475 | { |
||
| 3476 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3477 | |||
| 3478 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ |
||
| 3479 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3480 | } |
||
| 3481 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3482 | { |
||
| 3483 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3484 | |||
| 3485 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ |
||
| 3486 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3487 | } |
||
| 3488 | else |
||
| 3489 | { |
||
| 3490 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3491 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3492 | |||
| 3493 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ |
||
| 3494 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3495 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3496 | } |
||
| 3497 | |||
| 3498 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3499 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3500 | |||
| 3501 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
||
| 3502 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3503 | { |
||
| 3504 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3505 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3506 | } |
||
| 3507 | else |
||
| 3508 | { |
||
| 3509 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3510 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3511 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3512 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3513 | } |
||
| 3514 | |||
| 3515 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3516 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3517 | } |
||
| 3518 | |||
| 3519 | /** |
||
| 3520 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
| 3521 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3522 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 3523 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3524 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3525 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3526 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3527 | * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1. |
||
| 3528 | * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2. |
||
| 3529 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
| 3530 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3531 | */ |
||
| 3532 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, |
||
| 3533 | uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 3534 | { |
||
| 3535 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 3536 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3537 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
||
| 3538 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef complementary_channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3539 | |||
| 3540 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3541 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3542 | |||
| 3543 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
||
| 3544 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3545 | { |
||
| 3546 | if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 3547 | || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 3548 | { |
||
| 3549 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3550 | } |
||
| 3551 | else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3552 | && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3553 | { |
||
| 3554 | if ((pData1 == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) |
||
| 3555 | { |
||
| 3556 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3557 | } |
||
| 3558 | else |
||
| 3559 | { |
||
| 3560 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3561 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3562 | } |
||
| 3563 | } |
||
| 3564 | else |
||
| 3565 | { |
||
| 3566 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3567 | } |
||
| 3568 | } |
||
| 3569 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3570 | { |
||
| 3571 | if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 3572 | || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 3573 | { |
||
| 3574 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3575 | } |
||
| 3576 | else if ((channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3577 | && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3578 | { |
||
| 3579 | if ((pData2 == NULL) || (Length == 0U)) |
||
| 3580 | { |
||
| 3581 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3582 | } |
||
| 3583 | else |
||
| 3584 | { |
||
| 3585 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3586 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3587 | } |
||
| 3588 | } |
||
| 3589 | else |
||
| 3590 | { |
||
| 3591 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3592 | } |
||
| 3593 | } |
||
| 3594 | else |
||
| 3595 | { |
||
| 3596 | if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 3597 | || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 3598 | || (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 3599 | || (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 3600 | { |
||
| 3601 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3602 | } |
||
| 3603 | else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3604 | && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3605 | && (complementary_channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3606 | && (complementary_channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3607 | { |
||
| 3608 | if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) || (Length == 0U)) |
||
| 3609 | { |
||
| 3610 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3611 | } |
||
| 3612 | else |
||
| 3613 | { |
||
| 3614 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3615 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3616 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3617 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3618 | } |
||
| 3619 | } |
||
| 3620 | else |
||
| 3621 | { |
||
| 3622 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3623 | } |
||
| 3624 | } |
||
| 3625 | |||
| 3626 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3627 | { |
||
| 3628 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3629 | { |
||
| 3630 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 3631 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 3632 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 3633 | |||
| 3634 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3635 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3636 | |||
| 3637 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3638 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, |
||
| 3639 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 3640 | { |
||
| 3641 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 3642 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3643 | } |
||
| 3644 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 3645 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3646 | |||
| 3647 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3648 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3649 | |||
| 3650 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3651 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3652 | |||
| 3653 | break; |
||
| 3654 | } |
||
| 3655 | |||
| 3656 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3657 | { |
||
| 3658 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 3659 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 3660 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 3661 | |||
| 3662 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3663 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; |
||
| 3664 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3665 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, |
||
| 3666 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 3667 | { |
||
| 3668 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 3669 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3670 | } |
||
| 3671 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 3672 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 3673 | |||
| 3674 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3675 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3676 | |||
| 3677 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3678 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3679 | |||
| 3680 | break; |
||
| 3681 | } |
||
| 3682 | |||
| 3683 | default: |
||
| 3684 | { |
||
| 3685 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 3686 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 3687 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 3688 | |||
| 3689 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3690 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3691 | |||
| 3692 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3693 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, |
||
| 3694 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 3695 | { |
||
| 3696 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 3697 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3698 | } |
||
| 3699 | |||
| 3700 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 3701 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 3702 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 3703 | |||
| 3704 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3705 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3706 | |||
| 3707 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3708 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, |
||
| 3709 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 3710 | { |
||
| 3711 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 3712 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3713 | } |
||
| 3714 | |||
| 3715 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 3716 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3717 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 3718 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 3719 | |||
| 3720 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3721 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3722 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3723 | |||
| 3724 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3725 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3726 | |||
| 3727 | break; |
||
| 3728 | } |
||
| 3729 | } |
||
| 3730 | |||
| 3731 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3732 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3733 | } |
||
| 3734 | |||
| 3735 | /** |
||
| 3736 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
| 3737 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 3738 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 3739 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3740 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3741 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3742 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3743 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3744 | */ |
||
| 3745 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 3746 | { |
||
| 3747 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3748 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3749 | |||
| 3750 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 3751 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 3752 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3753 | { |
||
| 3754 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3755 | |||
| 3756 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ |
||
| 3757 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3758 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 3759 | } |
||
| 3760 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3761 | { |
||
| 3762 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3763 | |||
| 3764 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ |
||
| 3765 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 3766 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 3767 | } |
||
| 3768 | else |
||
| 3769 | { |
||
| 3770 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3771 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3772 | |||
| 3773 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ |
||
| 3774 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3775 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 3776 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 3777 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 3778 | } |
||
| 3779 | |||
| 3780 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3781 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3782 | |||
| 3783 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
||
| 3784 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3785 | { |
||
| 3786 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3787 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3788 | } |
||
| 3789 | else |
||
| 3790 | { |
||
| 3791 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3792 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3793 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3794 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3795 | } |
||
| 3796 | |||
| 3797 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3798 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3799 | } |
||
| 3800 | |||
| 3801 | /** |
||
| 3802 | * @} |
||
| 3803 | */ |
||
| 3804 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management |
||
| 3805 | * @brief TIM IRQ handler management |
||
| 3806 | * |
||
| 3807 | @verbatim |
||
| 3808 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3809 | ##### IRQ handler management ##### |
||
| 3810 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3811 | [..] |
||
| 3812 | This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. |
||
| 3813 | |||
| 3814 | @endverbatim |
||
| 3815 | * @{ |
||
| 3816 | */ |
||
| 3817 | /** |
||
| 3818 | * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. |
||
| 3819 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 3820 | * @retval None |
||
| 3821 | */ |
||
| 3822 | void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 3823 | { |
||
| 3824 | /* Capture compare 1 event */ |
||
| 3825 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) |
||
| 3826 | { |
||
| 3827 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET) |
||
| 3828 | { |
||
| 3829 | { |
||
| 3830 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3831 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 3832 | |||
| 3833 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 3834 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) |
||
| 3835 | { |
||
| 3836 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3837 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3838 | #else |
||
| 3839 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3840 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3841 | } |
||
| 3842 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3843 | else |
||
| 3844 | { |
||
| 3845 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3846 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3847 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3848 | #else |
||
| 3849 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3850 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3851 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3852 | } |
||
| 3853 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3854 | } |
||
| 3855 | } |
||
| 3856 | } |
||
| 3857 | /* Capture compare 2 event */ |
||
| 3858 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) |
||
| 3859 | { |
||
| 3860 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET) |
||
| 3861 | { |
||
| 3862 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3863 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 3864 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 3865 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) |
||
| 3866 | { |
||
| 3867 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3868 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3869 | #else |
||
| 3870 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3871 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3872 | } |
||
| 3873 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3874 | else |
||
| 3875 | { |
||
| 3876 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3877 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3878 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3879 | #else |
||
| 3880 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3881 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3882 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3883 | } |
||
| 3884 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3885 | } |
||
| 3886 | } |
||
| 3887 | /* Capture compare 3 event */ |
||
| 3888 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) |
||
| 3889 | { |
||
| 3890 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET) |
||
| 3891 | { |
||
| 3892 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 3893 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 3894 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 3895 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) |
||
| 3896 | { |
||
| 3897 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3898 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3899 | #else |
||
| 3900 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3901 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3902 | } |
||
| 3903 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3904 | else |
||
| 3905 | { |
||
| 3906 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3907 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3908 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3909 | #else |
||
| 3910 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3911 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3912 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3913 | } |
||
| 3914 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3915 | } |
||
| 3916 | } |
||
| 3917 | /* Capture compare 4 event */ |
||
| 3918 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) |
||
| 3919 | { |
||
| 3920 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET) |
||
| 3921 | { |
||
| 3922 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 3923 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 3924 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 3925 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) |
||
| 3926 | { |
||
| 3927 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3928 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3929 | #else |
||
| 3930 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3931 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3932 | } |
||
| 3933 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3934 | else |
||
| 3935 | { |
||
| 3936 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3937 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3938 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3939 | #else |
||
| 3940 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3941 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3942 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3943 | } |
||
| 3944 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3945 | } |
||
| 3946 | } |
||
| 3947 | /* TIM Update event */ |
||
| 3948 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) |
||
| 3949 | { |
||
| 3950 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET) |
||
| 3951 | { |
||
| 3952 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 3953 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3954 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3955 | #else |
||
| 3956 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3957 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3958 | } |
||
| 3959 | } |
||
| 3960 | /* TIM Break input event */ |
||
| 3961 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET) |
||
| 3962 | { |
||
| 3963 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) != RESET) |
||
| 3964 | { |
||
| 3965 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); |
||
| 3966 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3967 | htim->BreakCallback(htim); |
||
| 3968 | #else |
||
| 3969 | HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); |
||
| 3970 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3971 | } |
||
| 3972 | } |
||
| 3973 | /* TIM Trigger detection event */ |
||
| 3974 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
||
| 3975 | { |
||
| 3976 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
||
| 3977 | { |
||
| 3978 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 3979 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3980 | htim->TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 3981 | #else |
||
| 3982 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 3983 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3984 | } |
||
| 3985 | } |
||
| 3986 | /* TIM commutation event */ |
||
| 3987 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET) |
||
| 3988 | { |
||
| 3989 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) != RESET) |
||
| 3990 | { |
||
| 3991 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); |
||
| 3992 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 3993 | htim->CommutationCallback(htim); |
||
| 3994 | #else |
||
| 3995 | HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim); |
||
| 3996 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 3997 | } |
||
| 3998 | } |
||
| 3999 | } |
||
| 4000 | |||
| 4001 | /** |
||
| 4002 | * @} |
||
| 4003 | */ |
||
| 4004 | |||
| 4005 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions |
||
| 4006 | * @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions |
||
| 4007 | * |
||
| 4008 | @verbatim |
||
| 4009 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 4010 | ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### |
||
| 4011 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 4012 | [..] |
||
| 4013 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 4014 | (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. |
||
| 4015 | (+) Configure External Clock source. |
||
| 4016 | (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. |
||
| 4017 | (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. |
||
| 4018 | (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. |
||
| 4019 | |||
| 4020 | @endverbatim |
||
| 4021 | * @{ |
||
| 4022 | */ |
||
| 4023 | |||
| 4024 | /** |
||
| 4025 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified |
||
| 4026 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 4027 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 4028 | * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure |
||
| 4029 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to configure |
||
| 4030 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4031 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 4032 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 4033 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 4034 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 4035 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4036 | */ |
||
| 4037 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 4038 | const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
| 4039 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 4040 | { |
||
| 4041 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 4042 | |||
| 4043 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4044 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 4045 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
| 4046 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
| 4047 | |||
| 4048 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4049 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4050 | |||
| 4051 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 4052 | { |
||
| 4053 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 4054 | { |
||
| 4055 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4056 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4057 | |||
| 4058 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 4059 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 4060 | break; |
||
| 4061 | } |
||
| 4062 | |||
| 4063 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4064 | { |
||
| 4065 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4066 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4067 | |||
| 4068 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 4069 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 4070 | break; |
||
| 4071 | } |
||
| 4072 | |||
| 4073 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 4074 | { |
||
| 4075 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4076 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4077 | |||
| 4078 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 4079 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 4080 | break; |
||
| 4081 | } |
||
| 4082 | |||
| 4083 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 4084 | { |
||
| 4085 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4086 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4087 | |||
| 4088 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 4089 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 4090 | break; |
||
| 4091 | } |
||
| 4092 | |||
| 4093 | default: |
||
| 4094 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4095 | break; |
||
| 4096 | } |
||
| 4097 | |||
| 4098 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4099 | |||
| 4100 | return status; |
||
| 4101 | } |
||
| 4102 | |||
| 4103 | /** |
||
| 4104 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified |
||
| 4105 | * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 4106 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 4107 | * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure |
||
| 4108 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to configure |
||
| 4109 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4110 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 4111 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 4112 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 4113 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 4114 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4115 | */ |
||
| 4116 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 4117 | { |
||
| 4118 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 4119 | |||
| 4120 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4121 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4122 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); |
||
| 4123 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); |
||
| 4124 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); |
||
| 4125 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); |
||
| 4126 | |||
| 4127 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4128 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4129 | |||
| 4130 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 4131 | { |
||
| 4132 | /* TI1 Configuration */ |
||
| 4133 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4134 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 4135 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 4136 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 4137 | |||
| 4138 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
||
| 4139 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
| 4140 | |||
| 4141 | /* Set the IC1PSC value */ |
||
| 4142 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
| 4143 | } |
||
| 4144 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 4145 | { |
||
| 4146 | /* TI2 Configuration */ |
||
| 4147 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4148 | |||
| 4149 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4150 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 4151 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 4152 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 4153 | |||
| 4154 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
||
| 4155 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
| 4156 | |||
| 4157 | /* Set the IC2PSC value */ |
||
| 4158 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
||
| 4159 | } |
||
| 4160 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) |
||
| 4161 | { |
||
| 4162 | /* TI3 Configuration */ |
||
| 4163 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4164 | |||
| 4165 | TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4166 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 4167 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 4168 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 4169 | |||
| 4170 | /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ |
||
| 4171 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; |
||
| 4172 | |||
| 4173 | /* Set the IC3PSC value */ |
||
| 4174 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
| 4175 | } |
||
| 4176 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_4) |
||
| 4177 | { |
||
| 4178 | /* TI4 Configuration */ |
||
| 4179 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4180 | |||
| 4181 | TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4182 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 4183 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 4184 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 4185 | |||
| 4186 | /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ |
||
| 4187 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; |
||
| 4188 | |||
| 4189 | /* Set the IC4PSC value */ |
||
| 4190 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
||
| 4191 | } |
||
| 4192 | else |
||
| 4193 | { |
||
| 4194 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4195 | } |
||
| 4196 | |||
| 4197 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4198 | |||
| 4199 | return status; |
||
| 4200 | } |
||
| 4201 | |||
| 4202 | /** |
||
| 4203 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified |
||
| 4204 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 4205 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 4206 | * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure |
||
| 4207 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured |
||
| 4208 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4209 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 4210 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 4211 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 4212 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 4213 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4214 | */ |
||
| 4215 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 4216 | const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
| 4217 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 4218 | { |
||
| 4219 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 4220 | |||
| 4221 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4222 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 4223 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
| 4224 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
| 4225 | assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); |
||
| 4226 | |||
| 4227 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4228 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4229 | |||
| 4230 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 4231 | { |
||
| 4232 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 4233 | { |
||
| 4234 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4235 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4236 | |||
| 4237 | /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ |
||
| 4238 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 4239 | |||
| 4240 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ |
||
| 4241 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; |
||
| 4242 | |||
| 4243 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 4244 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; |
||
| 4245 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
| 4246 | break; |
||
| 4247 | } |
||
| 4248 | |||
| 4249 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4250 | { |
||
| 4251 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4252 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4253 | |||
| 4254 | /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ |
||
| 4255 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 4256 | |||
| 4257 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ |
||
| 4258 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; |
||
| 4259 | |||
| 4260 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 4261 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; |
||
| 4262 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; |
||
| 4263 | break; |
||
| 4264 | } |
||
| 4265 | |||
| 4266 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 4267 | { |
||
| 4268 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4269 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4270 | |||
| 4271 | /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ |
||
| 4272 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 4273 | |||
| 4274 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ |
||
| 4275 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; |
||
| 4276 | |||
| 4277 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 4278 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; |
||
| 4279 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
| 4280 | break; |
||
| 4281 | } |
||
| 4282 | |||
| 4283 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 4284 | { |
||
| 4285 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4286 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4287 | |||
| 4288 | /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ |
||
| 4289 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 4290 | |||
| 4291 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ |
||
| 4292 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; |
||
| 4293 | |||
| 4294 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 4295 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; |
||
| 4296 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; |
||
| 4297 | break; |
||
| 4298 | } |
||
| 4299 | |||
| 4300 | default: |
||
| 4301 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4302 | break; |
||
| 4303 | } |
||
| 4304 | |||
| 4305 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4306 | |||
| 4307 | return status; |
||
| 4308 | } |
||
| 4309 | |||
| 4310 | /** |
||
| 4311 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified |
||
| 4312 | * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 4313 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 4314 | * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure |
||
| 4315 | * @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure |
||
| 4316 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4317 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 4318 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 4319 | * @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure |
||
| 4320 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4321 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 4322 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 4323 | * @note To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast |
||
| 4324 | * mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx |
||
| 4325 | * output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input, |
||
| 4326 | * without taking in account the comparison. |
||
| 4327 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4328 | */ |
||
| 4329 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
| 4330 | uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) |
||
| 4331 | { |
||
| 4332 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 4333 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; |
||
| 4334 | |||
| 4335 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4336 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); |
||
| 4337 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); |
||
| 4338 | |||
| 4339 | if (OutputChannel != InputChannel) |
||
| 4340 | { |
||
| 4341 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4342 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4343 | |||
| 4344 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4345 | |||
| 4346 | /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */ |
||
| 4347 | temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; |
||
| 4348 | temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; |
||
| 4349 | temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; |
||
| 4350 | temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; |
||
| 4351 | temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; |
||
| 4352 | temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; |
||
| 4353 | |||
| 4354 | switch (OutputChannel) |
||
| 4355 | { |
||
| 4356 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 4357 | { |
||
| 4358 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4359 | |||
| 4360 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
||
| 4361 | break; |
||
| 4362 | } |
||
| 4363 | |||
| 4364 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4365 | { |
||
| 4366 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4367 | |||
| 4368 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
||
| 4369 | break; |
||
| 4370 | } |
||
| 4371 | |||
| 4372 | default: |
||
| 4373 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4374 | break; |
||
| 4375 | } |
||
| 4376 | |||
| 4377 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 4378 | { |
||
| 4379 | switch (InputChannel) |
||
| 4380 | { |
||
| 4381 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 4382 | { |
||
| 4383 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4384 | |||
| 4385 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 4386 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 4387 | |||
| 4388 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
||
| 4389 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
| 4390 | |||
| 4391 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
||
| 4392 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 4393 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; |
||
| 4394 | |||
| 4395 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
||
| 4396 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 4397 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
| 4398 | break; |
||
| 4399 | } |
||
| 4400 | |||
| 4401 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4402 | { |
||
| 4403 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4404 | |||
| 4405 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 4406 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 4407 | |||
| 4408 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
||
| 4409 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
| 4410 | |||
| 4411 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
||
| 4412 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 4413 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; |
||
| 4414 | |||
| 4415 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
||
| 4416 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 4417 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
| 4418 | break; |
||
| 4419 | } |
||
| 4420 | |||
| 4421 | default: |
||
| 4422 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4423 | break; |
||
| 4424 | } |
||
| 4425 | } |
||
| 4426 | |||
| 4427 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4428 | |||
| 4429 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4430 | |||
| 4431 | return status; |
||
| 4432 | } |
||
| 4433 | else |
||
| 4434 | { |
||
| 4435 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4436 | } |
||
| 4437 | } |
||
| 4438 | |||
| 4439 | /** |
||
| 4440 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
| 4441 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4442 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
| 4443 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4444 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4445 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4446 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4447 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4448 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4449 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4450 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4451 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4452 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4453 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4454 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4455 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4456 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR |
||
| 4457 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4458 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4459 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4460 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 4461 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR |
||
| 4462 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 4463 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4464 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4465 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4466 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4467 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4468 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4469 | * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source |
||
| 4470 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 4471 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
| 4472 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4473 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 4474 | * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. |
||
| 4475 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4476 | */ |
||
| 4477 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
| 4478 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, const uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
| 4479 | { |
||
| 4480 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status; |
||
| 4481 | |||
| 4482 | status = HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, |
||
| 4483 | ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 4484 | |||
| 4485 | |||
| 4486 | |||
| 4487 | return status; |
||
| 4488 | } |
||
| 4489 | |||
| 4490 | /** |
||
| 4491 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
| 4492 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4493 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
| 4494 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4495 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4496 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4497 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4498 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4499 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4500 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4501 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4502 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4503 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4504 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4505 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4506 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4507 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR |
||
| 4508 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4509 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4510 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4511 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 4512 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR |
||
| 4513 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 4514 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4515 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4516 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4517 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4518 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4519 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4520 | * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source |
||
| 4521 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 4522 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
| 4523 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4524 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 4525 | * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4526 | * between 1 and 0xFFFF. |
||
| 4527 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4528 | */ |
||
| 4529 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
| 4530 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, const uint32_t *BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4531 | uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) |
||
| 4532 | { |
||
| 4533 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 4534 | |||
| 4535 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4536 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4537 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
| 4538 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4539 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
| 4540 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); |
||
| 4541 | |||
| 4542 | if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 4543 | { |
||
| 4544 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 4545 | } |
||
| 4546 | else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) |
||
| 4547 | { |
||
| 4548 | if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
||
| 4549 | { |
||
| 4550 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4551 | } |
||
| 4552 | else |
||
| 4553 | { |
||
| 4554 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4555 | } |
||
| 4556 | } |
||
| 4557 | else |
||
| 4558 | { |
||
| 4559 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 4560 | } |
||
| 4561 | |||
| 4562 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 4563 | { |
||
| 4564 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4565 | { |
||
| 4566 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
||
| 4567 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
||
| 4568 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
||
| 4569 | |||
| 4570 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4571 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4572 | |||
| 4573 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4574 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4575 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4576 | { |
||
| 4577 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4578 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4579 | } |
||
| 4580 | break; |
||
| 4581 | } |
||
| 4582 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4583 | { |
||
| 4584 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 4585 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4586 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 4587 | |||
| 4588 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4589 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4590 | |||
| 4591 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4592 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4593 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4594 | { |
||
| 4595 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4596 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4597 | } |
||
| 4598 | break; |
||
| 4599 | } |
||
| 4600 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4601 | { |
||
| 4602 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 4603 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4604 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 4605 | |||
| 4606 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4607 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4608 | |||
| 4609 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4610 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4611 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4612 | { |
||
| 4613 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4614 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4615 | } |
||
| 4616 | break; |
||
| 4617 | } |
||
| 4618 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4619 | { |
||
| 4620 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 4621 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4622 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 4623 | |||
| 4624 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4625 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4626 | |||
| 4627 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4628 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4629 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4630 | { |
||
| 4631 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4632 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4633 | } |
||
| 4634 | break; |
||
| 4635 | } |
||
| 4636 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4637 | { |
||
| 4638 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
||
| 4639 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4640 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 4641 | |||
| 4642 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4643 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4644 | |||
| 4645 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4646 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4647 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4648 | { |
||
| 4649 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4650 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4651 | } |
||
| 4652 | break; |
||
| 4653 | } |
||
| 4654 | case TIM_DMA_COM: |
||
| 4655 | { |
||
| 4656 | /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */ |
||
| 4657 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; |
||
| 4658 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt; |
||
| 4659 | |||
| 4660 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4661 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4662 | |||
| 4663 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4664 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4665 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4666 | { |
||
| 4667 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4668 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4669 | } |
||
| 4670 | break; |
||
| 4671 | } |
||
| 4672 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4673 | { |
||
| 4674 | /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ |
||
| 4675 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
||
| 4676 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; |
||
| 4677 | |||
| 4678 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4679 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4680 | |||
| 4681 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4682 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4683 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4684 | { |
||
| 4685 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4686 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4687 | } |
||
| 4688 | break; |
||
| 4689 | } |
||
| 4690 | default: |
||
| 4691 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4692 | break; |
||
| 4693 | } |
||
| 4694 | |||
| 4695 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 4696 | { |
||
| 4697 | /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
||
| 4698 | htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); |
||
| 4699 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
| 4700 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 4701 | } |
||
| 4702 | |||
| 4703 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 4704 | return status; |
||
| 4705 | } |
||
| 4706 | |||
| 4707 | /** |
||
| 4708 | * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode |
||
| 4709 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4710 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable |
||
| 4711 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4712 | */ |
||
| 4713 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 4714 | { |
||
| 4715 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 4716 | |||
| 4717 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4718 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4719 | |||
| 4720 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
| 4721 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 4722 | { |
||
| 4723 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4724 | { |
||
| 4725 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
||
| 4726 | break; |
||
| 4727 | } |
||
| 4728 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4729 | { |
||
| 4730 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 4731 | break; |
||
| 4732 | } |
||
| 4733 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4734 | { |
||
| 4735 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 4736 | break; |
||
| 4737 | } |
||
| 4738 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4739 | { |
||
| 4740 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
||
| 4741 | break; |
||
| 4742 | } |
||
| 4743 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4744 | { |
||
| 4745 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
||
| 4746 | break; |
||
| 4747 | } |
||
| 4748 | case TIM_DMA_COM: |
||
| 4749 | { |
||
| 4750 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); |
||
| 4751 | break; |
||
| 4752 | } |
||
| 4753 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4754 | { |
||
| 4755 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
||
| 4756 | break; |
||
| 4757 | } |
||
| 4758 | default: |
||
| 4759 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4760 | break; |
||
| 4761 | } |
||
| 4762 | |||
| 4763 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 4764 | { |
||
| 4765 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 4766 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 4767 | |||
| 4768 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 4769 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4770 | } |
||
| 4771 | |||
| 4772 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 4773 | return status; |
||
| 4774 | } |
||
| 4775 | |||
| 4776 | /** |
||
| 4777 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
| 4778 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4779 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read |
||
| 4780 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4781 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4782 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4783 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4784 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4785 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4786 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4787 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4788 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4789 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4790 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4791 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4792 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4793 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR |
||
| 4794 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4795 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4796 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4797 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 4798 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR |
||
| 4799 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 4800 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4801 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4802 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4803 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4804 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4805 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4806 | * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source |
||
| 4807 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 4808 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
| 4809 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4810 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 4811 | * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. |
||
| 4812 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4813 | */ |
||
| 4814 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
| 4815 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
| 4816 | { |
||
| 4817 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status; |
||
| 4818 | |||
| 4819 | status = HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, |
||
| 4820 | ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 4821 | |||
| 4822 | |||
| 4823 | return status; |
||
| 4824 | } |
||
| 4825 | |||
| 4826 | /** |
||
| 4827 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
| 4828 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4829 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read |
||
| 4830 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4831 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4832 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4833 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4834 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4835 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4836 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4837 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4838 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4839 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4840 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4841 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4842 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4843 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR |
||
| 4844 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4845 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4846 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4847 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 4848 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR |
||
| 4849 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 4850 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4851 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4852 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4853 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4854 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4855 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4856 | * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source |
||
| 4857 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 4858 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
| 4859 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4860 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 4861 | * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4862 | * between 1 and 0xFFFF. |
||
| 4863 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4864 | */ |
||
| 4865 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
| 4866 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4867 | uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) |
||
| 4868 | { |
||
| 4869 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 4870 | |||
| 4871 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4872 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4873 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
| 4874 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4875 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
| 4876 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); |
||
| 4877 | |||
| 4878 | if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 4879 | { |
||
| 4880 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 4881 | } |
||
| 4882 | else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) |
||
| 4883 | { |
||
| 4884 | if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
||
| 4885 | { |
||
| 4886 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4887 | } |
||
| 4888 | else |
||
| 4889 | { |
||
| 4890 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4891 | } |
||
| 4892 | } |
||
| 4893 | else |
||
| 4894 | { |
||
| 4895 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 4896 | } |
||
| 4897 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 4898 | { |
||
| 4899 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4900 | { |
||
| 4901 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
||
| 4902 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
||
| 4903 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
||
| 4904 | |||
| 4905 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4906 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4907 | |||
| 4908 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4909 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4910 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4911 | { |
||
| 4912 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4913 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4914 | } |
||
| 4915 | break; |
||
| 4916 | } |
||
| 4917 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4918 | { |
||
| 4919 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 4920 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4921 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 4922 | |||
| 4923 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4924 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4925 | |||
| 4926 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4927 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4928 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4929 | { |
||
| 4930 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4931 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4932 | } |
||
| 4933 | break; |
||
| 4934 | } |
||
| 4935 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4936 | { |
||
| 4937 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 4938 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4939 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 4940 | |||
| 4941 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4942 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4943 | |||
| 4944 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4945 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4946 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4947 | { |
||
| 4948 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4949 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4950 | } |
||
| 4951 | break; |
||
| 4952 | } |
||
| 4953 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4954 | { |
||
| 4955 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 4956 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4957 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 4958 | |||
| 4959 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4960 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4961 | |||
| 4962 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4963 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4964 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4965 | { |
||
| 4966 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4967 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4968 | } |
||
| 4969 | break; |
||
| 4970 | } |
||
| 4971 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4972 | { |
||
| 4973 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
||
| 4974 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4975 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 4976 | |||
| 4977 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4978 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4979 | |||
| 4980 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4981 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4982 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4983 | { |
||
| 4984 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 4985 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4986 | } |
||
| 4987 | break; |
||
| 4988 | } |
||
| 4989 | case TIM_DMA_COM: |
||
| 4990 | { |
||
| 4991 | /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */ |
||
| 4992 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; |
||
| 4993 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt; |
||
| 4994 | |||
| 4995 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4996 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4997 | |||
| 4998 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 4999 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 5000 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 5001 | { |
||
| 5002 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5003 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5004 | } |
||
| 5005 | break; |
||
| 5006 | } |
||
| 5007 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 5008 | { |
||
| 5009 | /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ |
||
| 5010 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
||
| 5011 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; |
||
| 5012 | |||
| 5013 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 5014 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 5015 | |||
| 5016 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 5017 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
||
| 5018 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 5019 | { |
||
| 5020 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5021 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5022 | } |
||
| 5023 | break; |
||
| 5024 | } |
||
| 5025 | default: |
||
| 5026 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5027 | break; |
||
| 5028 | } |
||
| 5029 | |||
| 5030 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 5031 | { |
||
| 5032 | /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
||
| 5033 | htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); |
||
| 5034 | |||
| 5035 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
| 5036 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 5037 | } |
||
| 5038 | |||
| 5039 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 5040 | return status; |
||
| 5041 | } |
||
| 5042 | |||
| 5043 | /** |
||
| 5044 | * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading |
||
| 5045 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5046 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable. |
||
| 5047 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5048 | */ |
||
| 5049 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 5050 | { |
||
| 5051 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 5052 | |||
| 5053 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5054 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 5055 | |||
| 5056 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
| 5057 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 5058 | { |
||
| 5059 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 5060 | { |
||
| 5061 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
||
| 5062 | break; |
||
| 5063 | } |
||
| 5064 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 5065 | { |
||
| 5066 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 5067 | break; |
||
| 5068 | } |
||
| 5069 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 5070 | { |
||
| 5071 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 5072 | break; |
||
| 5073 | } |
||
| 5074 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 5075 | { |
||
| 5076 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
||
| 5077 | break; |
||
| 5078 | } |
||
| 5079 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 5080 | { |
||
| 5081 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
||
| 5082 | break; |
||
| 5083 | } |
||
| 5084 | case TIM_DMA_COM: |
||
| 5085 | { |
||
| 5086 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); |
||
| 5087 | break; |
||
| 5088 | } |
||
| 5089 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 5090 | { |
||
| 5091 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
||
| 5092 | break; |
||
| 5093 | } |
||
| 5094 | default: |
||
| 5095 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5096 | break; |
||
| 5097 | } |
||
| 5098 | |||
| 5099 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 5100 | { |
||
| 5101 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 5102 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 5103 | |||
| 5104 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
||
| 5105 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5106 | } |
||
| 5107 | |||
| 5108 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 5109 | return status; |
||
| 5110 | } |
||
| 5111 | |||
| 5112 | /** |
||
| 5113 | * @brief Generate a software event |
||
| 5114 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5115 | * @param EventSource specifies the event source. |
||
| 5116 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5117 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source |
||
| 5118 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source |
||
| 5119 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source |
||
| 5120 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source |
||
| 5121 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source |
||
| 5122 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source |
||
| 5123 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source |
||
| 5124 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source |
||
| 5125 | * @note Basic timers can only generate an update event. |
||
| 5126 | * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM is relevant only with advanced timer instances. |
||
| 5127 | * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are relevant only for timer instances |
||
| 5128 | * supporting a break input. |
||
| 5129 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5130 | */ |
||
| 5131 | |||
| 5132 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) |
||
| 5133 | { |
||
| 5134 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5135 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5136 | assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); |
||
| 5137 | |||
| 5138 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 5139 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5140 | |||
| 5141 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
| 5142 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 5143 | |||
| 5144 | /* Set the event sources */ |
||
| 5145 | htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; |
||
| 5146 | |||
| 5147 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
| 5148 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5149 | |||
| 5150 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5151 | |||
| 5152 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 5153 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 5154 | } |
||
| 5155 | |||
| 5156 | /** |
||
| 5157 | * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature |
||
| 5158 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5159 | * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 5160 | * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 5161 | * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel |
||
| 5162 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5163 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 5164 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 5165 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 5166 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 5167 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5168 | */ |
||
| 5169 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 5170 | const TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, |
||
| 5171 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 5172 | { |
||
| 5173 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 5174 | |||
| 5175 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5176 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5177 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); |
||
| 5178 | |||
| 5179 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 5180 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5181 | |||
| 5182 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 5183 | |||
| 5184 | switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) |
||
| 5185 | { |
||
| 5186 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: |
||
| 5187 | { |
||
| 5188 | /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */ |
||
| 5189 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP)); |
||
| 5190 | break; |
||
| 5191 | } |
||
| 5192 | |||
| 5193 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: |
||
| 5194 | { |
||
| 5195 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5196 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); |
||
| 5197 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); |
||
| 5198 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); |
||
| 5199 | |||
| 5200 | /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */ |
||
| 5201 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1) |
||
| 5202 | { |
||
| 5203 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5204 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5205 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5206 | } |
||
| 5207 | |||
| 5208 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 5209 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, |
||
| 5210 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, |
||
| 5211 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); |
||
| 5212 | break; |
||
| 5213 | } |
||
| 5214 | |||
| 5215 | default: |
||
| 5216 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5217 | break; |
||
| 5218 | } |
||
| 5219 | |||
| 5220 | if (status == HAL_OK) |
||
| 5221 | { |
||
| 5222 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 5223 | { |
||
| 5224 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 5225 | { |
||
| 5226 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 5227 | { |
||
| 5228 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
||
| 5229 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); |
||
| 5230 | } |
||
| 5231 | else |
||
| 5232 | { |
||
| 5233 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
||
| 5234 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); |
||
| 5235 | } |
||
| 5236 | break; |
||
| 5237 | } |
||
| 5238 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 5239 | { |
||
| 5240 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 5241 | { |
||
| 5242 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
||
| 5243 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); |
||
| 5244 | } |
||
| 5245 | else |
||
| 5246 | { |
||
| 5247 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
||
| 5248 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); |
||
| 5249 | } |
||
| 5250 | break; |
||
| 5251 | } |
||
| 5252 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 5253 | { |
||
| 5254 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 5255 | { |
||
| 5256 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
||
| 5257 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); |
||
| 5258 | } |
||
| 5259 | else |
||
| 5260 | { |
||
| 5261 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
||
| 5262 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); |
||
| 5263 | } |
||
| 5264 | break; |
||
| 5265 | } |
||
| 5266 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 5267 | { |
||
| 5268 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 5269 | { |
||
| 5270 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
||
| 5271 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); |
||
| 5272 | } |
||
| 5273 | else |
||
| 5274 | { |
||
| 5275 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
||
| 5276 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); |
||
| 5277 | } |
||
| 5278 | break; |
||
| 5279 | } |
||
| 5280 | default: |
||
| 5281 | break; |
||
| 5282 | } |
||
| 5283 | } |
||
| 5284 | |||
| 5285 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5286 | |||
| 5287 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5288 | |||
| 5289 | return status; |
||
| 5290 | } |
||
| 5291 | |||
| 5292 | /** |
||
| 5293 | * @brief Configures the clock source to be used |
||
| 5294 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5295 | * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 5296 | * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 5297 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5298 | */ |
||
| 5299 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig) |
||
| 5300 | { |
||
| 5301 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 5302 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 5303 | |||
| 5304 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 5305 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5306 | |||
| 5307 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 5308 | |||
| 5309 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5310 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); |
||
| 5311 | |||
| 5312 | /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ |
||
| 5313 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 5314 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); |
||
| 5315 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
||
| 5316 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 5317 | |||
| 5318 | switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) |
||
| 5319 | { |
||
| 5320 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: |
||
| 5321 | { |
||
| 5322 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5323 | break; |
||
| 5324 | } |
||
| 5325 | |||
| 5326 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: |
||
| 5327 | { |
||
| 5328 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 5329 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5330 | |||
| 5331 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 5332 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
| 5333 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 5334 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 5335 | |||
| 5336 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
||
| 5337 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 5338 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
| 5339 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 5340 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 5341 | |||
| 5342 | /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ |
||
| 5343 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 5344 | tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); |
||
| 5345 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 5346 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 5347 | break; |
||
| 5348 | } |
||
| 5349 | |||
| 5350 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: |
||
| 5351 | { |
||
| 5352 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 5353 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5354 | |||
| 5355 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 5356 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
| 5357 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 5358 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 5359 | |||
| 5360 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
||
| 5361 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 5362 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
| 5363 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 5364 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 5365 | /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ |
||
| 5366 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; |
||
| 5367 | break; |
||
| 5368 | } |
||
| 5369 | |||
| 5370 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: |
||
| 5371 | { |
||
| 5372 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 5373 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5374 | |||
| 5375 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 5376 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 5377 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 5378 | |||
| 5379 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 5380 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 5381 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 5382 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); |
||
| 5383 | break; |
||
| 5384 | } |
||
| 5385 | |||
| 5386 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: |
||
| 5387 | { |
||
| 5388 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 5389 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5390 | |||
| 5391 | /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 5392 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 5393 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 5394 | |||
| 5395 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 5396 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 5397 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 5398 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); |
||
| 5399 | break; |
||
| 5400 | } |
||
| 5401 | |||
| 5402 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: |
||
| 5403 | { |
||
| 5404 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 5405 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5406 | |||
| 5407 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 5408 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 5409 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 5410 | |||
| 5411 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 5412 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 5413 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 5414 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); |
||
| 5415 | break; |
||
| 5416 | } |
||
| 5417 | |||
| 5418 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: |
||
| 5419 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: |
||
| 5420 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: |
||
| 5421 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: |
||
| 5422 | { |
||
| 5423 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */ |
||
| 5424 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5425 | |||
| 5426 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource); |
||
| 5427 | break; |
||
| 5428 | } |
||
| 5429 | |||
| 5430 | default: |
||
| 5431 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5432 | break; |
||
| 5433 | } |
||
| 5434 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5435 | |||
| 5436 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5437 | |||
| 5438 | return status; |
||
| 5439 | } |
||
| 5440 | |||
| 5441 | /** |
||
| 5442 | * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input |
||
| 5443 | * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input |
||
| 5444 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
||
| 5445 | * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the |
||
| 5446 | * output of a XOR gate. |
||
| 5447 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5448 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input |
||
| 5449 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 |
||
| 5450 | * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) |
||
| 5451 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5452 | */ |
||
| 5453 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) |
||
| 5454 | { |
||
| 5455 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 5456 | |||
| 5457 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5458 | assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5459 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); |
||
| 5460 | |||
| 5461 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 5462 | tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; |
||
| 5463 | |||
| 5464 | /* Reset the TI1 selection */ |
||
| 5465 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; |
||
| 5466 | |||
| 5467 | /* Set the TI1 selection */ |
||
| 5468 | tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; |
||
| 5469 | |||
| 5470 | /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ |
||
| 5471 | htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 5472 | |||
| 5473 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 5474 | } |
||
| 5475 | |||
| 5476 | /** |
||
| 5477 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode |
||
| 5478 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
||
| 5479 | * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 5480 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
||
| 5481 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode |
||
| 5482 | * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
| 5483 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5484 | */ |
||
| 5485 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 5486 | { |
||
| 5487 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5488 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5489 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
| 5490 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
| 5491 | |||
| 5492 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5493 | |||
| 5494 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 5495 | |||
| 5496 | if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 5497 | { |
||
| 5498 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5499 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5500 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5501 | } |
||
| 5502 | |||
| 5503 | /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ |
||
| 5504 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 5505 | |||
| 5506 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
||
| 5507 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
| 5508 | |||
| 5509 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5510 | |||
| 5511 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5512 | |||
| 5513 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 5514 | } |
||
| 5515 | |||
| 5516 | /** |
||
| 5517 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode |
||
| 5518 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
||
| 5519 | * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 5520 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
||
| 5521 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode |
||
| 5522 | * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
| 5523 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5524 | */ |
||
| 5525 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 5526 | const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 5527 | { |
||
| 5528 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5529 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5530 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
| 5531 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
| 5532 | |||
| 5533 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5534 | |||
| 5535 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 5536 | |||
| 5537 | if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 5538 | { |
||
| 5539 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5540 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5541 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5542 | } |
||
| 5543 | |||
| 5544 | /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ |
||
| 5545 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 5546 | |||
| 5547 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
||
| 5548 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
| 5549 | |||
| 5550 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5551 | |||
| 5552 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5553 | |||
| 5554 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 5555 | } |
||
| 5556 | |||
| 5557 | /** |
||
| 5558 | * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit |
||
| 5559 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
||
| 5560 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 5561 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5562 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 5563 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 5564 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 5565 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 5566 | * @retval Captured value |
||
| 5567 | */ |
||
| 5568 | uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 5569 | { |
||
| 5570 | uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; |
||
| 5571 | |||
| 5572 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 5573 | { |
||
| 5574 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 5575 | { |
||
| 5576 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5577 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5578 | |||
| 5579 | /* Return the capture 1 value */ |
||
| 5580 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; |
||
| 5581 | |||
| 5582 | break; |
||
| 5583 | } |
||
| 5584 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 5585 | { |
||
| 5586 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5587 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5588 | |||
| 5589 | /* Return the capture 2 value */ |
||
| 5590 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; |
||
| 5591 | |||
| 5592 | break; |
||
| 5593 | } |
||
| 5594 | |||
| 5595 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 5596 | { |
||
| 5597 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5598 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5599 | |||
| 5600 | /* Return the capture 3 value */ |
||
| 5601 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; |
||
| 5602 | |||
| 5603 | break; |
||
| 5604 | } |
||
| 5605 | |||
| 5606 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 5607 | { |
||
| 5608 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5609 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5610 | |||
| 5611 | /* Return the capture 4 value */ |
||
| 5612 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; |
||
| 5613 | |||
| 5614 | break; |
||
| 5615 | } |
||
| 5616 | |||
| 5617 | default: |
||
| 5618 | break; |
||
| 5619 | } |
||
| 5620 | |||
| 5621 | return tmpreg; |
||
| 5622 | } |
||
| 5623 | |||
| 5624 | /** |
||
| 5625 | * @} |
||
| 5626 | */ |
||
| 5627 | |||
| 5628 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions |
||
| 5629 | * @brief TIM Callbacks functions |
||
| 5630 | * |
||
| 5631 | @verbatim |
||
| 5632 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5633 | ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### |
||
| 5634 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5635 | [..] |
||
| 5636 | This section provides TIM callback functions: |
||
| 5637 | (+) TIM Period elapsed callback |
||
| 5638 | (+) TIM Output Compare callback |
||
| 5639 | (+) TIM Input capture callback |
||
| 5640 | (+) TIM Trigger callback |
||
| 5641 | (+) TIM Error callback |
||
| 5642 | |||
| 5643 | @endverbatim |
||
| 5644 | * @{ |
||
| 5645 | */ |
||
| 5646 | |||
| 5647 | /** |
||
| 5648 | * @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5649 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5650 | * @retval None |
||
| 5651 | */ |
||
| 5652 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5653 | { |
||
| 5654 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5655 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5656 | |||
| 5657 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5658 | the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5659 | */ |
||
| 5660 | } |
||
| 5661 | |||
| 5662 | /** |
||
| 5663 | * @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5664 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5665 | * @retval None |
||
| 5666 | */ |
||
| 5667 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5668 | { |
||
| 5669 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5670 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5671 | |||
| 5672 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5673 | the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5674 | */ |
||
| 5675 | } |
||
| 5676 | |||
| 5677 | /** |
||
| 5678 | * @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5679 | * @param htim TIM OC handle |
||
| 5680 | * @retval None |
||
| 5681 | */ |
||
| 5682 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5683 | { |
||
| 5684 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5685 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5686 | |||
| 5687 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5688 | the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5689 | */ |
||
| 5690 | } |
||
| 5691 | |||
| 5692 | /** |
||
| 5693 | * @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5694 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 5695 | * @retval None |
||
| 5696 | */ |
||
| 5697 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5698 | { |
||
| 5699 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5700 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5701 | |||
| 5702 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5703 | the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5704 | */ |
||
| 5705 | } |
||
| 5706 | |||
| 5707 | /** |
||
| 5708 | * @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5709 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 5710 | * @retval None |
||
| 5711 | */ |
||
| 5712 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5713 | { |
||
| 5714 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5715 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5716 | |||
| 5717 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5718 | the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5719 | */ |
||
| 5720 | } |
||
| 5721 | |||
| 5722 | /** |
||
| 5723 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5724 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5725 | * @retval None |
||
| 5726 | */ |
||
| 5727 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5728 | { |
||
| 5729 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5730 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5731 | |||
| 5732 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5733 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5734 | */ |
||
| 5735 | } |
||
| 5736 | |||
| 5737 | /** |
||
| 5738 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5739 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5740 | * @retval None |
||
| 5741 | */ |
||
| 5742 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5743 | { |
||
| 5744 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5745 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5746 | |||
| 5747 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5748 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5749 | */ |
||
| 5750 | } |
||
| 5751 | |||
| 5752 | /** |
||
| 5753 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5754 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5755 | * @retval None |
||
| 5756 | */ |
||
| 5757 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5758 | { |
||
| 5759 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5760 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5761 | |||
| 5762 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5763 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5764 | */ |
||
| 5765 | } |
||
| 5766 | |||
| 5767 | /** |
||
| 5768 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5769 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5770 | * @retval None |
||
| 5771 | */ |
||
| 5772 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5773 | { |
||
| 5774 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5775 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5776 | |||
| 5777 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5778 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5779 | */ |
||
| 5780 | } |
||
| 5781 | |||
| 5782 | /** |
||
| 5783 | * @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5784 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5785 | * @retval None |
||
| 5786 | */ |
||
| 5787 | __weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5788 | { |
||
| 5789 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5790 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5791 | |||
| 5792 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5793 | the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5794 | */ |
||
| 5795 | } |
||
| 5796 | |||
| 5797 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 5798 | /** |
||
| 5799 | * @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback |
||
| 5800 | * @param htim tim handle |
||
| 5801 | * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered |
||
| 5802 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5803 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5804 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5805 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5806 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5807 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5808 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5809 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5810 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5811 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5812 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5813 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5814 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5815 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5816 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5817 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5818 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5819 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID |
||
| 5820 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5821 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID |
||
| 5822 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5823 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5824 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID |
||
| 5825 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5826 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID |
||
| 5827 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID |
||
| 5828 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5829 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID |
||
| 5830 | * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function |
||
| 5831 | * @retval status |
||
| 5832 | */ |
||
| 5833 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, |
||
| 5834 | pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) |
||
| 5835 | { |
||
| 5836 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 5837 | |||
| 5838 | if (pCallback == NULL) |
||
| 5839 | { |
||
| 5840 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5841 | } |
||
| 5842 | |||
| 5843 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 5844 | { |
||
| 5845 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5846 | { |
||
| 5847 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5848 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5849 | break; |
||
| 5850 | |||
| 5851 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5852 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5853 | break; |
||
| 5854 | |||
| 5855 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5856 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5857 | break; |
||
| 5858 | |||
| 5859 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5860 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5861 | break; |
||
| 5862 | |||
| 5863 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5864 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5865 | break; |
||
| 5866 | |||
| 5867 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5868 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5869 | break; |
||
| 5870 | |||
| 5871 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5872 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5873 | break; |
||
| 5874 | |||
| 5875 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5876 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5877 | break; |
||
| 5878 | |||
| 5879 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5880 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5881 | break; |
||
| 5882 | |||
| 5883 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5884 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5885 | break; |
||
| 5886 | |||
| 5887 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5888 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5889 | break; |
||
| 5890 | |||
| 5891 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5892 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5893 | break; |
||
| 5894 | |||
| 5895 | case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5896 | htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5897 | break; |
||
| 5898 | |||
| 5899 | case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5900 | htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5901 | break; |
||
| 5902 | |||
| 5903 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5904 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5905 | break; |
||
| 5906 | |||
| 5907 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5908 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5909 | break; |
||
| 5910 | |||
| 5911 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : |
||
| 5912 | htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5913 | break; |
||
| 5914 | |||
| 5915 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5916 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5917 | break; |
||
| 5918 | |||
| 5919 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : |
||
| 5920 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5921 | break; |
||
| 5922 | |||
| 5923 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5924 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5925 | break; |
||
| 5926 | |||
| 5927 | case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5928 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5929 | break; |
||
| 5930 | |||
| 5931 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5932 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5933 | break; |
||
| 5934 | |||
| 5935 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5936 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5937 | break; |
||
| 5938 | |||
| 5939 | case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : |
||
| 5940 | htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5941 | break; |
||
| 5942 | |||
| 5943 | case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID : |
||
| 5944 | htim->CommutationCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5945 | break; |
||
| 5946 | |||
| 5947 | case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5948 | htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5949 | break; |
||
| 5950 | |||
| 5951 | case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID : |
||
| 5952 | htim->BreakCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5953 | break; |
||
| 5954 | |||
| 5955 | default : |
||
| 5956 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5957 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5958 | break; |
||
| 5959 | } |
||
| 5960 | } |
||
| 5961 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 5962 | { |
||
| 5963 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5964 | { |
||
| 5965 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5966 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5967 | break; |
||
| 5968 | |||
| 5969 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5970 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5971 | break; |
||
| 5972 | |||
| 5973 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5974 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5975 | break; |
||
| 5976 | |||
| 5977 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5978 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5979 | break; |
||
| 5980 | |||
| 5981 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5982 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5983 | break; |
||
| 5984 | |||
| 5985 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5986 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5987 | break; |
||
| 5988 | |||
| 5989 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5990 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5991 | break; |
||
| 5992 | |||
| 5993 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5994 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5995 | break; |
||
| 5996 | |||
| 5997 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5998 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5999 | break; |
||
| 6000 | |||
| 6001 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6002 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 6003 | break; |
||
| 6004 | |||
| 6005 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6006 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 6007 | break; |
||
| 6008 | |||
| 6009 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6010 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 6011 | break; |
||
| 6012 | |||
| 6013 | case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6014 | htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 6015 | break; |
||
| 6016 | |||
| 6017 | case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6018 | htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 6019 | break; |
||
| 6020 | |||
| 6021 | default : |
||
| 6022 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 6023 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 6024 | break; |
||
| 6025 | } |
||
| 6026 | } |
||
| 6027 | else |
||
| 6028 | { |
||
| 6029 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 6030 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 6031 | } |
||
| 6032 | |||
| 6033 | return status; |
||
| 6034 | } |
||
| 6035 | |||
| 6036 | /** |
||
| 6037 | * @brief Unregister a TIM callback |
||
| 6038 | * TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback |
||
| 6039 | * @param htim tim handle |
||
| 6040 | * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered |
||
| 6041 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 6042 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 6043 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 6044 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 6045 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 6046 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 6047 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 6048 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 6049 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 6050 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 6051 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 6052 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 6053 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 6054 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 6055 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 6056 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 6057 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID |
||
| 6058 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID |
||
| 6059 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID |
||
| 6060 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID |
||
| 6061 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID |
||
| 6062 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 6063 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID |
||
| 6064 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID |
||
| 6065 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID |
||
| 6066 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID |
||
| 6067 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID |
||
| 6068 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID |
||
| 6069 | * @retval status |
||
| 6070 | */ |
||
| 6071 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) |
||
| 6072 | { |
||
| 6073 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 6074 | |||
| 6075 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 6076 | { |
||
| 6077 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 6078 | { |
||
| 6079 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6080 | /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ |
||
| 6081 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
| 6082 | break; |
||
| 6083 | |||
| 6084 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6085 | /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6086 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6087 | break; |
||
| 6088 | |||
| 6089 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6090 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6091 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
| 6092 | break; |
||
| 6093 | |||
| 6094 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6095 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6096 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6097 | break; |
||
| 6098 | |||
| 6099 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6100 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6101 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
| 6102 | break; |
||
| 6103 | |||
| 6104 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6105 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6106 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6107 | break; |
||
| 6108 | |||
| 6109 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6110 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6111 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
| 6112 | break; |
||
| 6113 | |||
| 6114 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6115 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6116 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6117 | break; |
||
| 6118 | |||
| 6119 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6120 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6121 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
| 6122 | break; |
||
| 6123 | |||
| 6124 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6125 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6126 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6127 | break; |
||
| 6128 | |||
| 6129 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6130 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6131 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
| 6132 | break; |
||
| 6133 | |||
| 6134 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6135 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6136 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6137 | break; |
||
| 6138 | |||
| 6139 | case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6140 | /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6141 | htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; |
||
| 6142 | break; |
||
| 6143 | |||
| 6144 | case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6145 | /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6146 | htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6147 | break; |
||
| 6148 | |||
| 6149 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 6150 | /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */ |
||
| 6151 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; |
||
| 6152 | break; |
||
| 6153 | |||
| 6154 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 6155 | /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */ |
||
| 6156 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 6157 | break; |
||
| 6158 | |||
| 6159 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : |
||
| 6160 | /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */ |
||
| 6161 | htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; |
||
| 6162 | break; |
||
| 6163 | |||
| 6164 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 6165 | /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */ |
||
| 6166 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 6167 | break; |
||
| 6168 | |||
| 6169 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : |
||
| 6170 | /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */ |
||
| 6171 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; |
||
| 6172 | break; |
||
| 6173 | |||
| 6174 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 6175 | /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */ |
||
| 6176 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 6177 | break; |
||
| 6178 | |||
| 6179 | case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 6180 | /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */ |
||
| 6181 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; |
||
| 6182 | break; |
||
| 6183 | |||
| 6184 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : |
||
| 6185 | /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */ |
||
| 6186 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; |
||
| 6187 | break; |
||
| 6188 | |||
| 6189 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 6190 | /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */ |
||
| 6191 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 6192 | break; |
||
| 6193 | |||
| 6194 | case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : |
||
| 6195 | /* Legacy weak Error Callback */ |
||
| 6196 | htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; |
||
| 6197 | break; |
||
| 6198 | |||
| 6199 | case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID : |
||
| 6200 | /* Legacy weak Commutation Callback */ |
||
| 6201 | htim->CommutationCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback; |
||
| 6202 | break; |
||
| 6203 | |||
| 6204 | case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 6205 | /* Legacy weak Commutation half complete Callback */ |
||
| 6206 | htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 6207 | break; |
||
| 6208 | |||
| 6209 | case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID : |
||
| 6210 | /* Legacy weak Break Callback */ |
||
| 6211 | htim->BreakCallback = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback; |
||
| 6212 | break; |
||
| 6213 | |||
| 6214 | default : |
||
| 6215 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 6216 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 6217 | break; |
||
| 6218 | } |
||
| 6219 | } |
||
| 6220 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 6221 | { |
||
| 6222 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 6223 | { |
||
| 6224 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6225 | /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ |
||
| 6226 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
| 6227 | break; |
||
| 6228 | |||
| 6229 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6230 | /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6231 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6232 | break; |
||
| 6233 | |||
| 6234 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6235 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6236 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
| 6237 | break; |
||
| 6238 | |||
| 6239 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6240 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6241 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6242 | break; |
||
| 6243 | |||
| 6244 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6245 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6246 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
| 6247 | break; |
||
| 6248 | |||
| 6249 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6250 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6251 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6252 | break; |
||
| 6253 | |||
| 6254 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6255 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6256 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
| 6257 | break; |
||
| 6258 | |||
| 6259 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6260 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6261 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6262 | break; |
||
| 6263 | |||
| 6264 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6265 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6266 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
| 6267 | break; |
||
| 6268 | |||
| 6269 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6270 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6271 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6272 | break; |
||
| 6273 | |||
| 6274 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6275 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6276 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
| 6277 | break; |
||
| 6278 | |||
| 6279 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6280 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6281 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6282 | break; |
||
| 6283 | |||
| 6284 | case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6285 | /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 6286 | htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; |
||
| 6287 | break; |
||
| 6288 | |||
| 6289 | case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 6290 | /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 6291 | htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; |
||
| 6292 | break; |
||
| 6293 | |||
| 6294 | default : |
||
| 6295 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 6296 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 6297 | break; |
||
| 6298 | } |
||
| 6299 | } |
||
| 6300 | else |
||
| 6301 | { |
||
| 6302 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 6303 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 6304 | } |
||
| 6305 | |||
| 6306 | return status; |
||
| 6307 | } |
||
| 6308 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6309 | |||
| 6310 | /** |
||
| 6311 | * @} |
||
| 6312 | */ |
||
| 6313 | |||
| 6314 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions |
||
| 6315 | * @brief TIM Peripheral State functions |
||
| 6316 | * |
||
| 6317 | @verbatim |
||
| 6318 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 6319 | ##### Peripheral State functions ##### |
||
| 6320 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 6321 | [..] |
||
| 6322 | This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral |
||
| 6323 | and the data flow. |
||
| 6324 | |||
| 6325 | @endverbatim |
||
| 6326 | * @{ |
||
| 6327 | */ |
||
| 6328 | |||
| 6329 | /** |
||
| 6330 | * @brief Return the TIM Base handle state. |
||
| 6331 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 6332 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 6333 | */ |
||
| 6334 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6335 | { |
||
| 6336 | return htim->State; |
||
| 6337 | } |
||
| 6338 | |||
| 6339 | /** |
||
| 6340 | * @brief Return the TIM OC handle state. |
||
| 6341 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 6342 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 6343 | */ |
||
| 6344 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6345 | { |
||
| 6346 | return htim->State; |
||
| 6347 | } |
||
| 6348 | |||
| 6349 | /** |
||
| 6350 | * @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state. |
||
| 6351 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 6352 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 6353 | */ |
||
| 6354 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6355 | { |
||
| 6356 | return htim->State; |
||
| 6357 | } |
||
| 6358 | |||
| 6359 | /** |
||
| 6360 | * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state. |
||
| 6361 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 6362 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 6363 | */ |
||
| 6364 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6365 | { |
||
| 6366 | return htim->State; |
||
| 6367 | } |
||
| 6368 | |||
| 6369 | /** |
||
| 6370 | * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state. |
||
| 6371 | * @param htim TIM OPM handle |
||
| 6372 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 6373 | */ |
||
| 6374 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6375 | { |
||
| 6376 | return htim->State; |
||
| 6377 | } |
||
| 6378 | |||
| 6379 | /** |
||
| 6380 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. |
||
| 6381 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 6382 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 6383 | */ |
||
| 6384 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6385 | { |
||
| 6386 | return htim->State; |
||
| 6387 | } |
||
| 6388 | |||
| 6389 | /** |
||
| 6390 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. |
||
| 6391 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 6392 | * @retval Active channel |
||
| 6393 | */ |
||
| 6394 | HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6395 | { |
||
| 6396 | return htim->Channel; |
||
| 6397 | } |
||
| 6398 | |||
| 6399 | /** |
||
| 6400 | * @brief Return actual state of the TIM channel. |
||
| 6401 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 6402 | * @param Channel TIM Channel |
||
| 6403 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 6404 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 6405 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 6406 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 6407 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 6408 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 |
||
| 6409 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 |
||
| 6410 | * @retval TIM Channel state |
||
| 6411 | */ |
||
| 6412 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 6413 | { |
||
| 6414 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state; |
||
| 6415 | |||
| 6416 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6417 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 6418 | |||
| 6419 | channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 6420 | |||
| 6421 | return channel_state; |
||
| 6422 | } |
||
| 6423 | |||
| 6424 | /** |
||
| 6425 | * @brief Return actual state of a DMA burst operation. |
||
| 6426 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 6427 | * @retval DMA burst state |
||
| 6428 | */ |
||
| 6429 | HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(const TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6430 | { |
||
| 6431 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6432 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6433 | |||
| 6434 | return htim->DMABurstState; |
||
| 6435 | } |
||
| 6436 | |||
| 6437 | /** |
||
| 6438 | * @} |
||
| 6439 | */ |
||
| 6440 | |||
| 6441 | /** |
||
| 6442 | * @} |
||
| 6443 | */ |
||
| 6444 | |||
| 6445 | /** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions |
||
| 6446 | * @{ |
||
| 6447 | */ |
||
| 6448 | |||
| 6449 | /** |
||
| 6450 | * @brief TIM DMA error callback |
||
| 6451 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6452 | * @retval None |
||
| 6453 | */ |
||
| 6454 | void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6455 | { |
||
| 6456 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6457 | |||
| 6458 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6459 | { |
||
| 6460 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6461 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6462 | } |
||
| 6463 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6464 | { |
||
| 6465 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6466 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6467 | } |
||
| 6468 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6469 | { |
||
| 6470 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6471 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6472 | } |
||
| 6473 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6474 | { |
||
| 6475 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6476 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6477 | } |
||
| 6478 | else |
||
| 6479 | { |
||
| 6480 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 6481 | } |
||
| 6482 | |||
| 6483 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6484 | htim->ErrorCallback(htim); |
||
| 6485 | #else |
||
| 6486 | HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); |
||
| 6487 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6488 | |||
| 6489 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6490 | } |
||
| 6491 | |||
| 6492 | /** |
||
| 6493 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. |
||
| 6494 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6495 | * @retval None |
||
| 6496 | */ |
||
| 6497 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6498 | { |
||
| 6499 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6500 | |||
| 6501 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6502 | { |
||
| 6503 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6504 | |||
| 6505 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6506 | { |
||
| 6507 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6508 | } |
||
| 6509 | } |
||
| 6510 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6511 | { |
||
| 6512 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6513 | |||
| 6514 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6515 | { |
||
| 6516 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6517 | } |
||
| 6518 | } |
||
| 6519 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6520 | { |
||
| 6521 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6522 | |||
| 6523 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6524 | { |
||
| 6525 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6526 | } |
||
| 6527 | } |
||
| 6528 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6529 | { |
||
| 6530 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6531 | |||
| 6532 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6533 | { |
||
| 6534 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6535 | } |
||
| 6536 | } |
||
| 6537 | else |
||
| 6538 | { |
||
| 6539 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6540 | } |
||
| 6541 | |||
| 6542 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6543 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 6544 | #else |
||
| 6545 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 6546 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6547 | |||
| 6548 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6549 | } |
||
| 6550 | |||
| 6551 | /** |
||
| 6552 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback. |
||
| 6553 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6554 | * @retval None |
||
| 6555 | */ |
||
| 6556 | void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6557 | { |
||
| 6558 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6559 | |||
| 6560 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6561 | { |
||
| 6562 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6563 | } |
||
| 6564 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6565 | { |
||
| 6566 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6567 | } |
||
| 6568 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6569 | { |
||
| 6570 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6571 | } |
||
| 6572 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6573 | { |
||
| 6574 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6575 | } |
||
| 6576 | else |
||
| 6577 | { |
||
| 6578 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6579 | } |
||
| 6580 | |||
| 6581 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6582 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6583 | #else |
||
| 6584 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6585 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6586 | |||
| 6587 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6588 | } |
||
| 6589 | |||
| 6590 | /** |
||
| 6591 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. |
||
| 6592 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6593 | * @retval None |
||
| 6594 | */ |
||
| 6595 | void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6596 | { |
||
| 6597 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6598 | |||
| 6599 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6600 | { |
||
| 6601 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6602 | |||
| 6603 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6604 | { |
||
| 6605 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6606 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6607 | } |
||
| 6608 | } |
||
| 6609 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6610 | { |
||
| 6611 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6612 | |||
| 6613 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6614 | { |
||
| 6615 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6616 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6617 | } |
||
| 6618 | } |
||
| 6619 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6620 | { |
||
| 6621 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6622 | |||
| 6623 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6624 | { |
||
| 6625 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6626 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6627 | } |
||
| 6628 | } |
||
| 6629 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6630 | { |
||
| 6631 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6632 | |||
| 6633 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6634 | { |
||
| 6635 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6636 | TIM_CHANNEL_N_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6637 | } |
||
| 6638 | } |
||
| 6639 | else |
||
| 6640 | { |
||
| 6641 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6642 | } |
||
| 6643 | |||
| 6644 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6645 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 6646 | #else |
||
| 6647 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 6648 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6649 | |||
| 6650 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6651 | } |
||
| 6652 | |||
| 6653 | /** |
||
| 6654 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback. |
||
| 6655 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6656 | * @retval None |
||
| 6657 | */ |
||
| 6658 | void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6659 | { |
||
| 6660 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6661 | |||
| 6662 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6663 | { |
||
| 6664 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6665 | } |
||
| 6666 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6667 | { |
||
| 6668 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6669 | } |
||
| 6670 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6671 | { |
||
| 6672 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6673 | } |
||
| 6674 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6675 | { |
||
| 6676 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6677 | } |
||
| 6678 | else |
||
| 6679 | { |
||
| 6680 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6681 | } |
||
| 6682 | |||
| 6683 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6684 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6685 | #else |
||
| 6686 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6687 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6688 | |||
| 6689 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6690 | } |
||
| 6691 | |||
| 6692 | /** |
||
| 6693 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. |
||
| 6694 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6695 | * @retval None |
||
| 6696 | */ |
||
| 6697 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6698 | { |
||
| 6699 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6700 | |||
| 6701 | if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6702 | { |
||
| 6703 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 6704 | } |
||
| 6705 | |||
| 6706 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6707 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 6708 | #else |
||
| 6709 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 6710 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6711 | } |
||
| 6712 | |||
| 6713 | /** |
||
| 6714 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback. |
||
| 6715 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6716 | * @retval None |
||
| 6717 | */ |
||
| 6718 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6719 | { |
||
| 6720 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6721 | |||
| 6722 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6723 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6724 | #else |
||
| 6725 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6726 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6727 | } |
||
| 6728 | |||
| 6729 | /** |
||
| 6730 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. |
||
| 6731 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6732 | * @retval None |
||
| 6733 | */ |
||
| 6734 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6735 | { |
||
| 6736 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6737 | |||
| 6738 | if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6739 | { |
||
| 6740 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 6741 | } |
||
| 6742 | |||
| 6743 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6744 | htim->TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 6745 | #else |
||
| 6746 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 6747 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6748 | } |
||
| 6749 | |||
| 6750 | /** |
||
| 6751 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback. |
||
| 6752 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6753 | * @retval None |
||
| 6754 | */ |
||
| 6755 | static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6756 | { |
||
| 6757 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6758 | |||
| 6759 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6760 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6761 | #else |
||
| 6762 | HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6763 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6764 | } |
||
| 6765 | |||
| 6766 | /** |
||
| 6767 | * @brief Time Base configuration |
||
| 6768 | * @param TIMx TIM peripheral |
||
| 6769 | * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure |
||
| 6770 | * @retval None |
||
| 6771 | */ |
||
| 6772 | void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) |
||
| 6773 | { |
||
| 6774 | uint32_t tmpcr1; |
||
| 6775 | tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; |
||
| 6776 | |||
| 6777 | /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 6778 | if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 6779 | { |
||
| 6780 | /* Select the Counter Mode */ |
||
| 6781 | tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); |
||
| 6782 | tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; |
||
| 6783 | } |
||
| 6784 | |||
| 6785 | if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 6786 | { |
||
| 6787 | /* Set the clock division */ |
||
| 6788 | tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; |
||
| 6789 | tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; |
||
| 6790 | } |
||
| 6791 | |||
| 6792 | /* Set the auto-reload preload */ |
||
| 6793 | MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload); |
||
| 6794 | |||
| 6795 | TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; |
||
| 6796 | |||
| 6797 | /* Set the Autoreload value */ |
||
| 6798 | TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; |
||
| 6799 | |||
| 6800 | /* Set the Prescaler value */ |
||
| 6801 | TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler; |
||
| 6802 | |||
| 6803 | if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 6804 | { |
||
| 6805 | /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ |
||
| 6806 | TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; |
||
| 6807 | } |
||
| 6808 | |||
| 6809 | /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler |
||
| 6810 | and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */ |
||
| 6811 | TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; |
||
| 6812 | } |
||
| 6813 | |||
| 6814 | /** |
||
| 6815 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration |
||
| 6816 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 6817 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
||
| 6818 | * @retval None |
||
| 6819 | */ |
||
| 6820 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6821 | { |
||
| 6822 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6823 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6824 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 6825 | |||
| 6826 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6827 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6828 | |||
| 6829 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6830 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 6831 | |||
| 6832 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6833 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6834 | |||
| 6835 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 6836 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6837 | |||
| 6838 | /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ |
||
| 6839 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; |
||
| 6840 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
| 6841 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 6842 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
| 6843 | |||
| 6844 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6845 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; |
||
| 6846 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 6847 | tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; |
||
| 6848 | |||
| 6849 | if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1)) |
||
| 6850 | { |
||
| 6851 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 6852 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); |
||
| 6853 | |||
| 6854 | /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ |
||
| 6855 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; |
||
| 6856 | /* Set the Output N Polarity */ |
||
| 6857 | tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; |
||
| 6858 | /* Reset the Output N State */ |
||
| 6859 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; |
||
| 6860 | } |
||
| 6861 | |||
| 6862 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 6863 | { |
||
| 6864 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 6865 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); |
||
| 6866 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); |
||
| 6867 | |||
| 6868 | /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ |
||
| 6869 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; |
||
| 6870 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; |
||
| 6871 | /* Set the Output Idle state */ |
||
| 6872 | tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; |
||
| 6873 | /* Set the Output N Idle state */ |
||
| 6874 | tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; |
||
| 6875 | } |
||
| 6876 | |||
| 6877 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6878 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6879 | |||
| 6880 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 6881 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6882 | |||
| 6883 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6884 | TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6885 | |||
| 6886 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6887 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6888 | } |
||
| 6889 | |||
| 6890 | /** |
||
| 6891 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration |
||
| 6892 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 6893 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
||
| 6894 | * @retval None |
||
| 6895 | */ |
||
| 6896 | void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6897 | { |
||
| 6898 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6899 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6900 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 6901 | |||
| 6902 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6903 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6904 | |||
| 6905 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6906 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 6907 | |||
| 6908 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6909 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6910 | |||
| 6911 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 6912 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6913 | |||
| 6914 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 6915 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; |
||
| 6916 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
| 6917 | |||
| 6918 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 6919 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
||
| 6920 | |||
| 6921 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6922 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; |
||
| 6923 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 6924 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); |
||
| 6925 | |||
| 6926 | if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 6927 | { |
||
| 6928 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); |
||
| 6929 | |||
| 6930 | /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ |
||
| 6931 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; |
||
| 6932 | /* Set the Output N Polarity */ |
||
| 6933 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U); |
||
| 6934 | /* Reset the Output N State */ |
||
| 6935 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; |
||
| 6936 | |||
| 6937 | } |
||
| 6938 | |||
| 6939 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 6940 | { |
||
| 6941 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 6942 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); |
||
| 6943 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); |
||
| 6944 | |||
| 6945 | /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ |
||
| 6946 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; |
||
| 6947 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; |
||
| 6948 | /* Set the Output Idle state */ |
||
| 6949 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2U); |
||
| 6950 | /* Set the Output N Idle state */ |
||
| 6951 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2U); |
||
| 6952 | } |
||
| 6953 | |||
| 6954 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6955 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6956 | |||
| 6957 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 6958 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6959 | |||
| 6960 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6961 | TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6962 | |||
| 6963 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6964 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6965 | } |
||
| 6966 | |||
| 6967 | /** |
||
| 6968 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration |
||
| 6969 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 6970 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
||
| 6971 | * @retval None |
||
| 6972 | */ |
||
| 6973 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6974 | { |
||
| 6975 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6976 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6977 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 6978 | |||
| 6979 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6980 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6981 | |||
| 6982 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6983 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
| 6984 | |||
| 6985 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6986 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6987 | |||
| 6988 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
| 6989 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6990 | |||
| 6991 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 6992 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; |
||
| 6993 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
| 6994 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 6995 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
| 6996 | |||
| 6997 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6998 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; |
||
| 6999 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 7000 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); |
||
| 7001 | |||
| 7002 | if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3)) |
||
| 7003 | { |
||
| 7004 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); |
||
| 7005 | |||
| 7006 | /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ |
||
| 7007 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; |
||
| 7008 | /* Set the Output N Polarity */ |
||
| 7009 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U); |
||
| 7010 | /* Reset the Output N State */ |
||
| 7011 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; |
||
| 7012 | } |
||
| 7013 | |||
| 7014 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 7015 | { |
||
| 7016 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 7017 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); |
||
| 7018 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); |
||
| 7019 | |||
| 7020 | /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ |
||
| 7021 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; |
||
| 7022 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; |
||
| 7023 | /* Set the Output Idle state */ |
||
| 7024 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U); |
||
| 7025 | /* Set the Output N Idle state */ |
||
| 7026 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U); |
||
| 7027 | } |
||
| 7028 | |||
| 7029 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 7030 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 7031 | |||
| 7032 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
| 7033 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 7034 | |||
| 7035 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 7036 | TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 7037 | |||
| 7038 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 7039 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 7040 | } |
||
| 7041 | |||
| 7042 | /** |
||
| 7043 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration |
||
| 7044 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 7045 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
||
| 7046 | * @retval None |
||
| 7047 | */ |
||
| 7048 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, const TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 7049 | { |
||
| 7050 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
||
| 7051 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 7052 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 7053 | |||
| 7054 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 7055 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 7056 | |||
| 7057 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 7058 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
| 7059 | |||
| 7060 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 7061 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 7062 | |||
| 7063 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
| 7064 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 7065 | |||
| 7066 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 7067 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; |
||
| 7068 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
| 7069 | |||
| 7070 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 7071 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
||
| 7072 | |||
| 7073 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 7074 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; |
||
| 7075 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 7076 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); |
||
| 7077 | |||
| 7078 | if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 7079 | { |
||
| 7080 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 7081 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); |
||
| 7082 | |||
| 7083 | /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ |
||
| 7084 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; |
||
| 7085 | |||
| 7086 | /* Set the Output Idle state */ |
||
| 7087 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6U); |
||
| 7088 | } |
||
| 7089 | |||
| 7090 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 7091 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 7092 | |||
| 7093 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
| 7094 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 7095 | |||
| 7096 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 7097 | TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 7098 | |||
| 7099 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 7100 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 7101 | } |
||
| 7102 | |||
| 7103 | /** |
||
| 7104 | * @brief Slave Timer configuration function |
||
| 7105 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 7106 | * @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration |
||
| 7107 | * @retval None |
||
| 7108 | */ |
||
| 7109 | static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 7110 | const TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 7111 | { |
||
| 7112 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 7113 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 7114 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 7115 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 7116 | |||
| 7117 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 7118 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 7119 | |||
| 7120 | /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ |
||
| 7121 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 7122 | /* Set the Input Trigger source */ |
||
| 7123 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; |
||
| 7124 | |||
| 7125 | /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ |
||
| 7126 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 7127 | /* Set the slave mode */ |
||
| 7128 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; |
||
| 7129 | |||
| 7130 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 7131 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 7132 | |||
| 7133 | /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ |
||
| 7134 | switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) |
||
| 7135 | { |
||
| 7136 | case TIM_TS_ETRF: |
||
| 7137 | { |
||
| 7138 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 7139 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 7140 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); |
||
| 7141 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 7142 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 7143 | /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ |
||
| 7144 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 7145 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, |
||
| 7146 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 7147 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 7148 | break; |
||
| 7149 | } |
||
| 7150 | |||
| 7151 | case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: |
||
| 7152 | { |
||
| 7153 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 7154 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 7155 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 7156 | |||
| 7157 | if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED) |
||
| 7158 | { |
||
| 7159 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 7160 | } |
||
| 7161 | |||
| 7162 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 7163 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
| 7164 | htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 7165 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
||
| 7166 | |||
| 7167 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 7168 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 7169 | tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); |
||
| 7170 | |||
| 7171 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 7172 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 7173 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 7174 | break; |
||
| 7175 | } |
||
| 7176 | |||
| 7177 | case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: |
||
| 7178 | { |
||
| 7179 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 7180 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 7181 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 7182 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 7183 | |||
| 7184 | /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ |
||
| 7185 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 7186 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 7187 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 7188 | break; |
||
| 7189 | } |
||
| 7190 | |||
| 7191 | case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: |
||
| 7192 | { |
||
| 7193 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 7194 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 7195 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 7196 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 7197 | |||
| 7198 | /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ |
||
| 7199 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 7200 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 7201 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 7202 | break; |
||
| 7203 | } |
||
| 7204 | |||
| 7205 | case TIM_TS_ITR0: |
||
| 7206 | case TIM_TS_ITR1: |
||
| 7207 | case TIM_TS_ITR2: |
||
| 7208 | case TIM_TS_ITR3: |
||
| 7209 | { |
||
| 7210 | /* Check the parameter */ |
||
| 7211 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 7212 | break; |
||
| 7213 | } |
||
| 7214 | |||
| 7215 | default: |
||
| 7216 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 7217 | break; |
||
| 7218 | } |
||
| 7219 | |||
| 7220 | return status; |
||
| 7221 | } |
||
| 7222 | |||
| 7223 | /** |
||
| 7224 | * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. |
||
| 7225 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 7226 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
||
| 7227 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7228 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 7229 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 7230 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 7231 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 7232 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7233 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
||
| 7234 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
||
| 7235 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 7236 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 7237 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 7238 | * @retval None |
||
| 7239 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 |
||
| 7240 | * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
| 7241 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 7242 | */ |
||
| 7243 | void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 7244 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 7245 | { |
||
| 7246 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 7247 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 7248 | |||
| 7249 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 7250 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 7251 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 7252 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 7253 | |||
| 7254 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 7255 | if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) |
||
| 7256 | { |
||
| 7257 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
| 7258 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
| 7259 | } |
||
| 7260 | else |
||
| 7261 | { |
||
| 7262 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; |
||
| 7263 | } |
||
| 7264 | |||
| 7265 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 7266 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 7267 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); |
||
| 7268 | |||
| 7269 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 7270 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
| 7271 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); |
||
| 7272 | |||
| 7273 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 7274 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 7275 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 7276 | } |
||
| 7277 | |||
| 7278 | /** |
||
| 7279 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. |
||
| 7280 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 7281 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
||
| 7282 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7283 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 7284 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 7285 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 7286 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 7287 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 7288 | * @retval None |
||
| 7289 | */ |
||
| 7290 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 7291 | { |
||
| 7292 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 7293 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 7294 | |||
| 7295 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 7296 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 7297 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 7298 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 7299 | |||
| 7300 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 7301 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 7302 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); |
||
| 7303 | |||
| 7304 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 7305 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
| 7306 | tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; |
||
| 7307 | |||
| 7308 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 7309 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 7310 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 7311 | } |
||
| 7312 | |||
| 7313 | /** |
||
| 7314 | * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. |
||
| 7315 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 7316 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
||
| 7317 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7318 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 7319 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 7320 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 7321 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 7322 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7323 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
||
| 7324 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
||
| 7325 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 7326 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 7327 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 7328 | * @retval None |
||
| 7329 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 |
||
| 7330 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
| 7331 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 7332 | */ |
||
| 7333 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 7334 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 7335 | { |
||
| 7336 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 7337 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 7338 | |||
| 7339 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 7340 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 7341 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 7342 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 7343 | |||
| 7344 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 7345 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
| 7346 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
||
| 7347 | |||
| 7348 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 7349 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
| 7350 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
||
| 7351 | |||
| 7352 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 7353 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 7354 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); |
||
| 7355 | |||
| 7356 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 7357 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
| 7358 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 7359 | } |
||
| 7360 | |||
| 7361 | /** |
||
| 7362 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. |
||
| 7363 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 7364 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
||
| 7365 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7366 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 7367 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 7368 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 7369 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 7370 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 7371 | * @retval None |
||
| 7372 | */ |
||
| 7373 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 7374 | { |
||
| 7375 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 7376 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 7377 | |||
| 7378 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 7379 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 7380 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 7381 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 7382 | |||
| 7383 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 7384 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
| 7385 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); |
||
| 7386 | |||
| 7387 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 7388 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 7389 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); |
||
| 7390 | |||
| 7391 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 7392 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
| 7393 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 7394 | } |
||
| 7395 | |||
| 7396 | /** |
||
| 7397 | * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. |
||
| 7398 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 7399 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
||
| 7400 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7401 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 7402 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 7403 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 7404 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7405 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
||
| 7406 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
||
| 7407 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 7408 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 7409 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 7410 | * @retval None |
||
| 7411 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 |
||
| 7412 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
| 7413 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 7414 | */ |
||
| 7415 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 7416 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 7417 | { |
||
| 7418 | uint32_t tmpccmr2; |
||
| 7419 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 7420 | |||
| 7421 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ |
||
| 7422 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 7423 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
| 7424 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 7425 | |||
| 7426 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 7427 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
| 7428 | tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
| 7429 | |||
| 7430 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 7431 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; |
||
| 7432 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); |
||
| 7433 | |||
| 7434 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ |
||
| 7435 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P); |
||
| 7436 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & TIM_CCER_CC3P); |
||
| 7437 | |||
| 7438 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 7439 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
| 7440 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 7441 | } |
||
| 7442 | |||
| 7443 | /** |
||
| 7444 | * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. |
||
| 7445 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 7446 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
||
| 7447 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7448 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 7449 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 7450 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 7451 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7452 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
||
| 7453 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
||
| 7454 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 7455 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 7456 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 7457 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 |
||
| 7458 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
| 7459 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 7460 | * @retval None |
||
| 7461 | */ |
||
| 7462 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 7463 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 7464 | { |
||
| 7465 | uint32_t tmpccmr2; |
||
| 7466 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 7467 | |||
| 7468 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 7469 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 7470 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
| 7471 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 7472 | |||
| 7473 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 7474 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
| 7475 | tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
||
| 7476 | |||
| 7477 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 7478 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; |
||
| 7479 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); |
||
| 7480 | |||
| 7481 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 7482 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P); |
||
| 7483 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & TIM_CCER_CC4P); |
||
| 7484 | |||
| 7485 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 7486 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
| 7487 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; |
||
| 7488 | } |
||
| 7489 | |||
| 7490 | /** |
||
| 7491 | * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source |
||
| 7492 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 7493 | * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source. |
||
| 7494 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7495 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 |
||
| 7496 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 |
||
| 7497 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 |
||
| 7498 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 |
||
| 7499 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector |
||
| 7500 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 |
||
| 7501 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 |
||
| 7502 | * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input |
||
| 7503 | * @retval None |
||
| 7504 | */ |
||
| 7505 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource) |
||
| 7506 | { |
||
| 7507 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 7508 | |||
| 7509 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 7510 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
| 7511 | /* Reset the TS Bits */ |
||
| 7512 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 7513 | /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ |
||
| 7514 | tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1); |
||
| 7515 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 7516 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 7517 | } |
||
| 7518 | /** |
||
| 7519 | * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). |
||
| 7520 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 7521 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler. |
||
| 7522 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7523 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. |
||
| 7524 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. |
||
| 7525 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. |
||
| 7526 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. |
||
| 7527 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity. |
||
| 7528 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7529 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. |
||
| 7530 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. |
||
| 7531 | * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter. |
||
| 7532 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F |
||
| 7533 | * @retval None |
||
| 7534 | */ |
||
| 7535 | void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
||
| 7536 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) |
||
| 7537 | { |
||
| 7538 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
||
| 7539 | |||
| 7540 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
| 7541 | |||
| 7542 | /* Reset the ETR Bits */ |
||
| 7543 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
||
| 7544 | |||
| 7545 | /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ |
||
| 7546 | tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); |
||
| 7547 | |||
| 7548 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 7549 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 7550 | } |
||
| 7551 | |||
| 7552 | /** |
||
| 7553 | * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. |
||
| 7554 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 7555 | * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel |
||
| 7556 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 7557 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 7558 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 7559 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 7560 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 7561 | * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. |
||
| 7562 | * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE. |
||
| 7563 | * @retval None |
||
| 7564 | */ |
||
| 7565 | void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) |
||
| 7566 | { |
||
| 7567 | uint32_t tmp; |
||
| 7568 | |||
| 7569 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 7570 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); |
||
| 7571 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 7572 | |||
| 7573 | tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ |
||
| 7574 | |||
| 7575 | /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
| 7576 | TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; |
||
| 7577 | |||
| 7578 | /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
| 7579 | TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ |
||
| 7580 | } |
||
| 7581 | |||
| 7582 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 7583 | /** |
||
| 7584 | * @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks. |
||
| 7585 | * @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains |
||
| 7586 | * the configuration information for TIM module. |
||
| 7587 | * @retval None |
||
| 7588 | */ |
||
| 7589 | void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 7590 | { |
||
| 7591 | /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 7592 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; |
||
| 7593 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7594 | htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; |
||
| 7595 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7596 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; |
||
| 7597 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7598 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; |
||
| 7599 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; |
||
| 7600 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7601 | htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; |
||
| 7602 | htim->CommutationCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback; |
||
| 7603 | htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7604 | htim->BreakCallback = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback; |
||
| 7605 | } |
||
| 7606 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 7607 | |||
| 7608 | /** |
||
| 7609 | * @} |
||
| 7610 | */ |
||
| 7611 | |||
| 7612 | #endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ |
||
| 7613 | /** |
||
| 7614 | * @} |
||
| 7615 | */ |
||
| 7616 | |||
| 7617 | /** |
||
| 7618 | * @} |
||
| 7619 | */ |